Annotation of gcc/loop.c, revision 1.1.1.5

1.1       root        1: /* Move constant computations out of loops.
1.1.1.4   root        2:    Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       root        3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
                      6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
                     11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                     12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
                     19: 
                     20: 
                     21: /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
                     22:    It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
                     23:    to the beginning of the loop.  Then it identifies basic and 
                     24:    general induction variables.  Strength reduction is applied to the general
                     25:    induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
                     26:    the basic induction variables.
                     27: 
                     28:    It also finds cases where
                     29:    a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
                     30:    and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
                     31:    and merely copy the low part within the loop.
                     32: 
                     33:    Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
                     34:    while to do these things.  */
                     35: 
1.1.1.4   root       36: #include <stdio.h>
1.1       root       37: #include "config.h"
                     38: #include "rtl.h"
                     39: #include "obstack.h"
                     40: #include "expr.h"
                     41: #include "insn-config.h"
                     42: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     43: #include "regs.h"
                     44: #include "hard-reg-set.h"
                     45: #include "recog.h"
                     46: #include "flags.h"
                     47: #include "real.h"
                     48: #include "loop.h"
                     49: 
                     50: /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
1.1.1.2   root       51:    The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
1.1       root       52:    We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop.  */
                     53: 
                     54: int *uid_luid;
                     55: 
                     56: /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
                     57:    number the insn is contained in.  */
                     58: 
                     59: int *uid_loop_num;
                     60: 
                     61: /* 1 + largest uid of any insn.  */
                     62: 
                     63: int max_uid_for_loop;
                     64: 
                     65: /* 1 + luid of last insn.  */
                     66: 
                     67: static int max_luid;
                     68: 
                     69: /* Number of loops detected in current function.  Used as index to the
                     70:    next few tables.  */
                     71: 
                     72: static int max_loop_num;
                     73: 
                     74: /* Indexed by loop number, contains the first and last insn of each loop.  */
                     75: 
                     76: static rtx *loop_number_loop_starts, *loop_number_loop_ends;
                     77: 
                     78: /* For each loop, gives the containing loop number, -1 if none.  */
                     79: 
                     80: int *loop_outer_loop;
                     81: 
                     82: /* Indexed by loop number, contains a nonzero value if the "loop" isn't
                     83:    really a loop (an insn outside the loop branches into it).  */
                     84: 
                     85: static char *loop_invalid;
                     86: 
                     87: /* Indexed by loop number, links together all LABEL_REFs which refer to
                     88:    code labels outside the loop.  Used by routines that need to know all
                     89:    loop exits, such as final_biv_value and final_giv_value.
                     90: 
                     91:    This does not include loop exits due to return instructions.  This is
                     92:    because all bivs and givs are pseudos, and hence must be dead after a
                     93:    return, so the presense of a return does not affect any of the
                     94:    optimizations that use this info.  It is simpler to just not include return
                     95:    instructions on this list.  */
                     96: 
                     97: rtx *loop_number_exit_labels;
                     98: 
                     99: /* Holds the number of loop iterations.  It is zero if the number could not be
1.1.1.4   root      100:    calculated.  Must be unsigned since the number of iterations can
                    101:    be as high as 2^wordsize-1.  For loops with a wider iterator, this number
                    102:    will will be zero if the number of loop iterations is too large for an
                    103:    unsigned integer to hold.  */
1.1       root      104: 
1.1.1.4   root      105: unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loop_n_iterations;
1.1       root      106: 
                    107: /* Nonzero if there is a subroutine call in the current loop.
                    108:    (unknown_address_altered is also nonzero in this case.)  */
                    109: 
                    110: static int loop_has_call;
                    111: 
1.1.1.3   root      112: /* Nonzero if there is a volatile memory reference in the current
                    113:    loop.  */
                    114: 
                    115: static int loop_has_volatile;
                    116: 
1.1       root      117: /* Added loop_continue which is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT of the
                    118:    current loop.  A continue statement will generate a branch to
                    119:    NEXT_INSN (loop_continue).  */
                    120: 
                    121: static rtx loop_continue;
                    122: 
                    123: /* Indexed by register number, contains the number of times the reg
                    124:    is set during the loop being scanned.
                    125:    During code motion, a negative value indicates a reg that has been
                    126:    made a candidate; in particular -2 means that it is an candidate that
1.1.1.3   root      127:    we know is equal to a constant and -1 means that it is an candidate
1.1       root      128:    not known equal to a constant.
                    129:    After code motion, regs moved have 0 (which is accurate now)
                    130:    while the failed candidates have the original number of times set.
                    131: 
                    132:    Therefore, at all times, == 0 indicates an invariant register;
                    133:    < 0 a conditionally invariant one.  */
                    134: 
                    135: static short *n_times_set;
                    136: 
                    137: /* Original value of n_times_set; same except that this value
                    138:    is not set negative for a reg whose sets have been made candidates
                    139:    and not set to 0 for a reg that is moved.  */
                    140: 
                    141: static short *n_times_used;
                    142: 
                    143: /* Index by register number, 1 indicates that the register
                    144:    cannot be moved or strength reduced.  */
                    145: 
                    146: static char *may_not_optimize;
                    147: 
                    148: /* Nonzero means reg N has already been moved out of one loop.
                    149:    This reduces the desire to move it out of another.  */
                    150: 
                    151: static char *moved_once;
                    152: 
                    153: /* Array of MEMs that are stored in this loop. If there are too many to fit
                    154:    here, we just turn on unknown_address_altered.  */
                    155: 
                    156: #define NUM_STORES 20
                    157: static rtx loop_store_mems[NUM_STORES];
                    158: 
                    159: /* Index of first available slot in above array.  */
                    160: static int loop_store_mems_idx;
                    161: 
                    162: /* Nonzero if we don't know what MEMs were changed in the current loop.
1.1.1.3   root      163:    This happens if the loop contains a call (in which case `loop_has_call'
1.1       root      164:    will also be set) or if we store into more than NUM_STORES MEMs.  */
                    165: 
                    166: static int unknown_address_altered;
                    167: 
                    168: /* Count of movable (i.e. invariant) instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    169: static int num_movables;
                    170: 
                    171: /* Count of memory write instructions discovered in the loop.  */
                    172: static int num_mem_sets;
                    173: 
                    174: /* Number of loops contained within the current one, including itself.  */
                    175: static int loops_enclosed;
                    176: 
                    177: /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
                    178:    A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop.  */
                    179: int max_reg_before_loop;
                    180: 
                    181: /* This obstack is used in product_cheap_p to allocate its rtl.  It
                    182:    may call gen_reg_rtx which, in turn, may reallocate regno_reg_rtx.
                    183:    If we used the same obstack that it did, we would be deallocating
                    184:    that array.  */
                    185: 
                    186: static struct obstack temp_obstack;
                    187: 
                    188: /* This is where the pointer to the obstack being used for RTL is stored.  */
                    189: 
                    190: extern struct obstack *rtl_obstack;
                    191: 
                    192: #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
                    193: #define obstack_chunk_free free
                    194: 
                    195: extern char *oballoc ();
                    196: 
                    197: /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
                    198:    is made to record all the movable insns found.
                    199:    Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move.  */
                    200: 
                    201: struct movable
                    202: {
                    203:   rtx insn;                    /* A movable insn */
                    204:   rtx set_src;                 /* The expression this reg is set from. */
                    205:   rtx set_dest;                        /* The destination of this SET. */
                    206:   rtx dependencies;            /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
                    207:                                   of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
                    208:   int consec;                  /* Number of consecutive following insns 
                    209:                                   that must be moved with this one.  */
                    210:   int regno;                   /* The register it sets */
                    211:   short lifetime;              /* lifetime of that register;
                    212:                                   may be adjusted when matching movables
                    213:                                   that load the same value are found.  */
                    214:   short savings;               /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
                    215:                                   including other movables that force this
                    216:                                   or match this one.  */
                    217:   unsigned int cond : 1;       /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
                    218:   unsigned int force : 1;      /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
                    219:   unsigned int global : 1;     /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
                    220:                /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
                    221:                   that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
                    222:                   to the following label.  */
                    223:   unsigned int done : 1;       /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
                    224:   
                    225:   unsigned int partial : 1;    /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
                    226:                                   In particular, moving it does not make it
                    227:                                   invariant.  */
                    228:   unsigned int move_insn : 1;  /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
                    229:                                   load SRC, rather than copying INSN.  */
                    230:   unsigned int is_equiv : 1;   /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
                    231:   enum machine_mode savemode;   /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
                    232:                                   that we should avoid changing when clearing
                    233:                                   the rest of the reg.  */
                    234:   struct movable *match;       /* First entry for same value */
                    235:   struct movable *forces;      /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
                    236:   struct movable *next;
                    237: };
                    238: 
                    239: FILE *loop_dump_stream;
                    240: 
                    241: /* Forward declarations.  */
                    242: 
                    243: static void find_and_verify_loops ();
                    244: static void mark_loop_jump ();
                    245: static void prescan_loop ();
                    246: static int reg_in_basic_block_p ();
                    247: static int consec_sets_invariant_p ();
                    248: static rtx libcall_other_reg ();
                    249: static int labels_in_range_p ();
                    250: static void count_loop_regs_set ();
                    251: static void note_addr_stored ();
                    252: static int loop_reg_used_before_p ();
                    253: static void scan_loop ();
                    254: static void replace_call_address ();
                    255: static rtx skip_consec_insns ();
                    256: static int libcall_benefit ();
                    257: static void ignore_some_movables ();
                    258: static void force_movables ();
                    259: static void combine_movables ();
                    260: static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p ();
                    261: static void move_movables ();
                    262: static void strength_reduce ();
                    263: static int valid_initial_value_p ();
                    264: static void find_mem_givs ();
                    265: static void record_biv ();
                    266: static void check_final_value ();
                    267: static void record_giv ();
                    268: static void update_giv_derive ();
                    269: static int basic_induction_var ();
                    270: static rtx simplify_giv_expr ();
                    271: static int general_induction_var ();
                    272: static int consec_sets_giv ();
                    273: static int check_dbra_loop ();
                    274: static rtx express_from ();
                    275: static int combine_givs_p ();
                    276: static void combine_givs ();
                    277: static int product_cheap_p ();
                    278: static int maybe_eliminate_biv ();
                    279: static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1 ();
                    280: static int last_use_this_basic_block ();
                    281: static void record_initial ();
                    282: static void update_reg_last_use ();
                    283: 
                    284: /* Relative gain of eliminating various kinds of operations.  */
                    285: int add_cost;
                    286: #if 0
                    287: int shift_cost;
                    288: int mult_cost;
                    289: #endif
                    290: 
                    291: /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
                    292:    copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register.  */
                    293: int copy_cost;
                    294: 
                    295: void
                    296: init_loop ()
                    297: {
                    298:   char *free_point = (char *) oballoc (1);
1.1.1.4   root      299:   rtx reg = gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, 0);
                    300:   rtx pow2 = GEN_INT (32);
1.1       root      301:   rtx lea;
                    302:   int i;
                    303: 
1.1.1.4   root      304:   add_cost = rtx_cost (gen_rtx (PLUS, word_mode, reg, reg), SET);
1.1       root      305: 
                    306:   /* We multiply by 2 to reconcile the difference in scale between
                    307:      these two ways of computing costs.  Otherwise the cost of a copy
                    308:      will be far less than the cost of an add.  */
1.1.1.4   root      309: 
1.1       root      310:   copy_cost = 2 * 2;
                    311: 
                    312:   /* Free the objects we just allocated.  */
                    313:   obfree (free_point);
                    314: 
                    315:   /* Initialize the obstack used for rtl in product_cheap_p.  */
                    316:   gcc_obstack_init (&temp_obstack);
                    317: }
                    318: 
                    319: /* Entry point of this file.  Perform loop optimization
                    320:    on the current function.  F is the first insn of the function
                    321:    and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
                    322:    (or 0 if none should be output).  */
                    323: 
                    324: void
                    325: loop_optimize (f, dumpfile)
                    326:      /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
                    327:      rtx f;
                    328:      FILE *dumpfile;
                    329: {
                    330:   register rtx insn;
                    331:   register int i;
                    332:   rtx end;
                    333:   rtx last_insn;
                    334: 
                    335:   loop_dump_stream = dumpfile;
                    336: 
                    337:   init_recog_no_volatile ();
                    338:   init_alias_analysis ();
                    339: 
                    340:   max_reg_before_loop = max_reg_num ();
                    341: 
                    342:   moved_once = (char *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop);
                    343:   bzero (moved_once, max_reg_before_loop);
                    344: 
                    345:   regs_may_share = 0;
                    346: 
                    347:   /* Count the number of loops. */
                    348: 
                    349:   max_loop_num = 0;
                    350:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    351:     {
                    352:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
                    353:          && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                    354:        max_loop_num++;
                    355:     }
                    356: 
                    357:   /* Don't waste time if no loops.  */
                    358:   if (max_loop_num == 0)
                    359:     return;
                    360: 
                    361:   /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
                    362:      Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops.  */
1.1.1.4   root      363:   max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num * 32;
1.1       root      364: 
                    365:   uid_luid = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    366:   uid_loop_num = (int *) alloca (max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    367: 
                    368:   bzero (uid_luid, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    369:   bzero (uid_loop_num, max_uid_for_loop * sizeof (int));
                    370: 
                    371:   /* Allocate tables for recording each loop.  We set each entry, so they need
                    372:      not be zeroed.  */
                    373:   loop_number_loop_starts = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    374:   loop_number_loop_ends = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    375:   loop_outer_loop = (int *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (int));
                    376:   loop_invalid = (char *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (char));
                    377:   loop_number_exit_labels = (rtx *) alloca (max_loop_num * sizeof (rtx));
                    378: 
                    379:   /* Find and process each loop.
                    380:      First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings.  */
                    381:   find_and_verify_loops (f);
                    382: 
                    383:   /* Now find all register lifetimes.  This must be done after
                    384:      find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
                    385:      function.  */
                    386:   reg_scan (f, max_reg_num (), 1);
                    387: 
1.1.1.4   root      388:   /* See if we went too far.  */
                    389:   if (get_max_uid () > max_uid_for_loop)
                    390:     abort ();
                    391: 
1.1       root      392:   /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
                    393:      LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
                    394:      except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
                    395:      Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in luids
                    396:      between two insns is not affected by -g.  */
                    397: 
                    398:   for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    399:     {
                    400:       last_insn = insn;
                    401:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
                    402:          || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) <= 0)
                    403:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
                    404:       else
                    405:        /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn.  */
                    406:        uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
                    407:     }
                    408: 
                    409:   max_luid = i + 1;
                    410: 
                    411:   /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
                    412:      deleted.  It is possible that the first or last insn
                    413:      using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
                    414:      Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
                    415:      points to the general area where that insn used to be.  */
                    416:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    417:     {
                    418:       uid_luid[0] = uid_luid[i];
                    419:       if (uid_luid[0] != 0)
                    420:        break;
                    421:     }
                    422:   for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
                    423:     if (uid_luid[i] == 0)
                    424:       uid_luid[i] = uid_luid[i - 1];
                    425: 
                    426:   /* Create a mapping from loops to BLOCK tree nodes.  */
                    427:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
1.1.1.4   root      428:     find_loop_tree_blocks ();
1.1       root      429: 
                    430:   /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
                    431:      before outer ones.  */
                    432:   for (i = max_loop_num-1; i >= 0; i--)
                    433:     if (! loop_invalid[i] && loop_number_loop_ends[i])
                    434:       scan_loop (loop_number_loop_starts[i], loop_number_loop_ends[i],
                    435:                 max_reg_num ());
1.1.1.4   root      436: 
                    437:   /* If debugging and unrolling loops, we must replicate the tree nodes
                    438:      corresponding to the blocks inside the loop, so that the original one
                    439:      to one mapping will remain.  */
                    440:   if (flag_unroll_loops && write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
                    441:     unroll_block_trees ();
1.1       root      442: }
                    443: 
                    444: /* Optimize one loop whose start is LOOP_START and end is END.
                    445:    LOOP_START is the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and END is the matching
                    446:    NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END.  */
                    447: 
                    448: /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
                    449:    is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
                    450:    and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
                    451:    before the write occurs.  If there is a read of this address after the
                    452:    write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant.  */
                    453: 
                    454: static void
                    455: scan_loop (loop_start, end, nregs)
                    456:      rtx loop_start, end;
                    457:      int nregs;
                    458: {
                    459:   register int i;
                    460:   register rtx p;
                    461:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times.  */
                    462:   int maybe_never = 0;
                    463:   /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
                    464:      due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached.  */
                    465:   int call_passed = 0;
                    466:   /* For a rotated loop that is entered near the bottom,
                    467:      this is the label at the top.  Otherwise it is zero.  */
                    468:   rtx loop_top = 0;
                    469:   /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in.  */
                    470:   rtx loop_entry_jump = 0;
                    471:   /* Place in the loop where control enters.  */
                    472:   rtx scan_start;
                    473:   /* Number of insns in the loop.  */
                    474:   int insn_count;
                    475:   int in_libcall = 0;
                    476:   int tem;
                    477:   rtx temp;
                    478:   /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn.  */
                    479:   rtx set, set1;
                    480:   /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop.  */
                    481:   struct movable *movables = 0;
                    482:   /* Last element in `movables' -- so we can add elements at the end.  */
                    483:   struct movable *last_movable = 0;
                    484:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                    485:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                    486:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                    487:      and more registers are available.  */
                    488:   int threshold;
                    489:   /* If we have calls, contains the insn in which a register was used
                    490:      if it was used exactly once; contains const0_rtx if it was used more
                    491:      than once.  */
                    492:   rtx *reg_single_usage = 0;
                    493: 
                    494:   n_times_set = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    495:   n_times_used = (short *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (short));
                    496:   may_not_optimize = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                    497: 
                    498:   /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
                    499:      the end.  This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
                    500:      that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
                    501: 
                    502:      We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
                    503:      However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    504:      (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
                    505:      loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
                    506:      (in case we have a degenerate loop).
                    507: 
                    508:      Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
                    509:      when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
                    510:      slightly poorer optimization.  Making the opposite error can generate
                    511:      incorrect code.  Since very few loops now start with a jump to the 
                    512:      exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative.  */
                    513: 
                    514:   for (p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                    515:        p != end
                    516:         && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) != 'i'
                    517:         && (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
                    518:             || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
                    519:                 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END));
                    520:        p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                    521:     ;
                    522: 
                    523:   scan_start = p;
                    524: 
                    525:   /* Set up variables describing this loop.  */
                    526:   prescan_loop (loop_start, end);
                    527:   threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                    528: 
                    529:   /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
                    530:      the true entry is the target of that jump.
                    531:      Start scan from there.
                    532:      But record in LOOP_TOP the place where the end-test jumps
                    533:      back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop.  */
                    534:   if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    535:     {
                    536:       loop_entry_jump = p;
                    537: 
                    538:       /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN)  */
                    539:       if (simplejump_p (p)
                    540:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                    541:          /* Check to see whether the jump actually
                    542:             jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
                    543:             This case can happen for things like
                    544:             do {..} while (0).  If this label was generated previously
                    545:             by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
                    546:             the loop.  */
                    547:          && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < max_uid_for_loop
                    548:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) >= INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                    549:          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (end))
                    550:        {
                    551:          loop_top = next_label (scan_start);
                    552:          scan_start = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                    553:        }
                    554:     }
                    555: 
                    556:   /* If SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
                    557:      as required by loop_reg_used_before_p.  So skip such loops.  (This
                    558:      test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.) 
                    559: 
                    560:      Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label.  This
                    561:      test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
                    562:      test above.  */
                    563: 
                    564:   if (INSN_UID (scan_start) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    565:       || GET_CODE (scan_start) != CODE_LABEL)
                    566:     {
                    567:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                    568:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
                    569:                 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end));
                    570:       return;
                    571:     }
                    572: 
                    573:   /* Count number of times each reg is set during this loop.
                    574:      Set may_not_optimize[I] if it is not safe to move out
                    575:      the setting of register I.  If this loop has calls, set
                    576:      reg_single_usage[I].  */
                    577: 
                    578:   bzero (n_times_set, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    579:   bzero (may_not_optimize, nregs);
                    580: 
                    581:   if (loop_has_call)
                    582:     {
                    583:       reg_single_usage = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    584:       bzero (reg_single_usage, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                    585:     }
                    586: 
                    587:   count_loop_regs_set (loop_top ? loop_top : loop_start, end,
                    588:                       may_not_optimize, reg_single_usage, &insn_count, nregs);
                    589: 
                    590:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                    591:     may_not_optimize[i] = 1, n_times_set[i] = 1;
                    592:   bcopy (n_times_set, n_times_used, nregs * sizeof (short));
                    593: 
                    594:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                    595:     {
                    596:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
                    597:               INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (end), insn_count);
                    598:       if (loop_continue)
                    599:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
                    600:                 INSN_UID (loop_continue));
                    601:     }
                    602: 
                    603:   /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
                    604:      Set n_times_set negative for the reg being set, so that
                    605:      this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
                    606:      We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
                    607:      in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
                    608: 
                    609:      MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
                    610:      and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
                    611:      would never be executed.  At such times, we must make sure
                    612:      that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
                    613:      When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
                    614:      so that is not a problem.  */
                    615: 
                    616:   p = scan_start;
                    617:   while (1)
                    618:     {
                    619:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    620:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                    621:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                    622:       if (p == scan_start)
                    623:        break;
                    624:       if (p == end)
                    625:        {
                    626:          if (loop_top != 0)
                    627:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                    628:          else
                    629:            break;
                    630:          if (p == scan_start)
                    631:            break;
                    632:        }
                    633: 
                    634:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.4   root      635:          && find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      636:        in_libcall = 1;
                    637:       else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.4   root      638:               && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      639:        in_libcall = 0;
                    640: 
                    641:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                    642:          && (set = single_set (p))
                    643:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                    644:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                    645:        {
                    646:          int tem1 = 0;
                    647:          int tem2 = 0;
                    648:          int move_insn = 0;
                    649:          rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
                    650:          rtx dependencies = 0;
                    651: 
                    652:          /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn.  If a REG_EQUIV
                    653:             note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
                    654:             specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
                    655:             this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
                    656:             insn.
                    657: 
                    658:             Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
                    659:             is present.  */
1.1.1.4   root      660:          temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      661:          if (temp)
                    662:            src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
                    663:          else 
                    664:            {
1.1.1.4   root      665:              temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      666:              if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    667:                src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
1.1.1.4   root      668:              if (temp && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      669:                {
                    670:                  src = XEXP (temp, 0);
                    671:                  /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
                    672:                     the equivalent expression.  To move the libcall,
                    673:                     we must move those regs too.  */
                    674:                  dependencies = libcall_other_reg (p, src);
                    675:                }
                    676:            }
                    677: 
                    678:          /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
                    679:             by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
                    680:             We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit.  */
                    681:          if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                    682:            ;
                    683:          /* In order to move a register, we need to have one of three cases:
                    684:             (1) it is used only in the same basic block as the set
1.1.1.5 ! root      685:             (2) it is not a user variable and it is not used in the
        !           686:                 exit test (this can cause the variable to be used
        !           687:                 before it is set just like a user-variable).
1.1       root      688:             (3) the set is guaranteed to be executed once the loop starts,
                    689:                 and the reg is not used until after that.  */
                    690:          else if (! ((! maybe_never
                    691:                       && ! loop_reg_used_before_p (set, p, loop_start,
                    692:                                                    scan_start, end))
1.1.1.5 ! root      693:                      || (! REG_USERVAR_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))
        !           694:                          && ! REG_LOOP_TEST_P (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))))
1.1       root      695:                      || reg_in_basic_block_p (p, SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)))))
                    696:            ;
                    697:          else if ((tem = invariant_p (src))
                    698:                   && (dependencies == 0
                    699:                       || (tem2 = invariant_p (dependencies)) != 0)
                    700:                   && (n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    701:                       || (tem1
                    702:                           = consec_sets_invariant_p (SET_DEST (set),
                    703:                                                      n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))],
                    704:                                                      p)))
                    705:                   /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
                    706:                      can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
                    707:                      once loop is entered.  Even a function call might
                    708:                      prevent the trap insn from being reached
                    709:                      (since it might exit!)  */
                    710:                   && ! ((maybe_never || call_passed)
                    711:                         && may_trap_p (src)))
                    712:            {
                    713:              register struct movable *m;
                    714:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    715: 
                    716:              /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
                    717:                 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
                    718:                 we move one of them outside the loop.  For large loops,
                    719:                 this can lose.  The most common case of this is the address
                    720:                 of a function being called.  
                    721: 
                    722:                 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
                    723:                 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
                    724:                 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
                    725:                 of this SET.  If we can, delete this insn. 
                    726: 
                    727:                 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
                    728:                 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register.  */
                    729: 
                    730:              if (reg_single_usage && reg_single_usage[regno] != 0
                    731:                  && reg_single_usage[regno] != const0_rtx
                    732:                  && regno_first_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p)
                    733:                  && (regno_last_uid[regno]
                    734:                      == INSN_UID (reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    735:                  && n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] == 1
                    736:                  && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set))
1.1.1.4   root      737:                  && ! find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
1.1       root      738: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                    739:                  && ! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
                    740:                        && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    741: #endif
                    742:                  /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
                    743:                     a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
                    744:                     might span a call.  */
                    745:                  && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p,
                    746:                                          reg_single_usage[regno])
                    747:                  && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set),
                    748:                                           reg_single_usage[regno]))
                    749:                {
                    750:                  /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note.  */
                    751:                  REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno])
                    752:                    = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (reg_single_usage[regno]),
                    753:                                   SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set));
                    754:                                   
                    755:                  PUT_CODE (p, NOTE);
                    756:                  NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                    757:                  NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p) = 0;
                    758:                  n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                    759:                  continue;
                    760:                }
                    761: 
                    762:              m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    763:              m->next = 0;
                    764:              m->insn = p;
                    765:              m->set_src = src;
                    766:              m->dependencies = dependencies;
                    767:              m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    768:              m->force = 0;
                    769:              m->consec = n_times_set[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] - 1;
                    770:              m->done = 0;
                    771:              m->forces = 0;
                    772:              m->partial = 0;
                    773:              m->move_insn = move_insn;
1.1.1.4   root      774:              m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
1.1       root      775:              m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    776:              m->regno = regno;
                    777:              /* Set M->cond if either invariant_p or consec_sets_invariant_p
                    778:                 returned 2 (only conditionally invariant).  */
                    779:              m->cond = ((tem | tem1 | tem2) > 1);
                    780:              m->global = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (end)
                    781:                           || uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_start));
                    782:              m->match = 0;
                    783:              m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    784:                             - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    785:              m->savings = n_times_used[regno];
1.1.1.4   root      786:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root      787:                m->savings += libcall_benefit (p);
                    788:              n_times_set[regno] = move_insn ? -2 : -1;
                    789:              /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    790:              if (movables == 0)
                    791:                movables = m;
                    792:              else
                    793:                last_movable->next = m;
                    794:              last_movable = m;
                    795: 
                    796:              if (m->consec > 0)
                    797:                {
                    798:                  /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes.  */
                    799:                  p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                    800:                  /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                    801:                  p = skip_consec_insns (p, m->consec);
                    802:                  /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group.  */
                    803:                  p = prev_nonnote_insn (p);
                    804: 
                    805:                  /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
                    806:                     m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
                    807:                     insns.  */
1.1.1.4   root      808:                  temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      809:                  if (temp)
                    810:                    m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    811:                  else
                    812:                    {
1.1.1.4   root      813:                      temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      814:                      if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
                    815:                        m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
                    816:                      else
                    817:                        m->move_insn = 0;
                    818: 
                    819:                    }
1.1.1.4   root      820:                  m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
1.1       root      821:                }
                    822:            }
                    823:          /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
                    824:             or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
                    825:             So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
                    826:             just load the low bytes.
                    827:             We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
                    828:             Also, if the value loaded into the register
                    829:             depends on the same register, this cannot be done.  */
                    830:          else if (SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx
                    831:                   && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p)) == INSN
                    832:                   && (set1 = single_set (NEXT_INSN (p)))
                    833:                   && GET_CODE (set1) == SET
                    834:                   && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                    835:                   && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0)) == SUBREG)
                    836:                   && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0))
                    837:                       == SET_DEST (set))
                    838:                   && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set1)))
                    839:            {
                    840:              register int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    841:              if (n_times_set[regno] == 2)
                    842:                {
                    843:                  register struct movable *m;
                    844:                  m = (struct movable *) alloca (sizeof (struct movable));
                    845:                  m->next = 0;
                    846:                  m->insn = p;
                    847:                  m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
                    848:                  m->dependencies = 0;
                    849:                  m->force = 0;
                    850:                  m->consec = 0;
                    851:                  m->done = 0;
                    852:                  m->forces = 0;
                    853:                  m->move_insn = 0;
                    854:                  m->partial = 1;
                    855:                  /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
                    856:                     we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
                    857:                     Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
                    858:                     Consider this:
                    859:                     while (1)
                    860:                       while (s != t) {
                    861:                         if (foo ()) x = *s;
                    862:                         use (x);
                    863:                       }
                    864:                     Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
                    865:                     being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
                    866:                     However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
                    867:                     and all uses of the register are in the same
                    868:                     basic block as the store, there is no problem.
                    869: 
                    870:                     If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
                    871:                     INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
                    872:                     assumption. */
                    873:                  m->global = (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                    874:                               || (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    875:                                   > INSN_LUID (end))
                    876:                               || (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]
                    877:                                   < INSN_LUID (p))
                    878:                               || (labels_in_range_p
                    879:                                   (p, uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]])));
                    880:                  if (maybe_never && m->global)
                    881:                    m->savemode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1));
                    882:                  else
                    883:                    m->savemode = VOIDmode;
                    884:                  m->regno = regno;
                    885:                  m->cond = 0;
                    886:                  m->match = 0;
                    887:                  m->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]]
                    888:                                 - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]]);
                    889:                  m->savings = 1;
                    890:                  n_times_set[regno] = -1;
                    891:                  /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES.  */
                    892:                  if (movables == 0)
                    893:                    movables = m;
                    894:                  else
                    895:                    last_movable->next = m;
                    896:                  last_movable = m;
                    897:                }
                    898:            }
                    899:        }
                    900:       /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
                    901:         because the call might exit.  This matters for insns that trap.
                    902:         Call insns inside a REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL block always return,
                    903:         so they don't count.  */
                    904:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && ! in_libcall)
                    905:        call_passed = 1;
                    906:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
                    907:         can't count on whether or how many times they will be
                    908:         executed during each iteration.  Therefore, we can
                    909:         only move out sets of trivial variables
                    910:         (those not used after the loop).  */
                    911:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                    912:         in strength_reduce.  */
                    913:       else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                    914:               /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                    915:                  beginning, don't set maybe_never for that.  This must be an
                    916:                  unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
                    917:                  loop might never be executed.  Unconditional jumps are
                    918:                  followed a by barrier then loop end.  */
                    919:                && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                    920:                     && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == end
                    921:                     && simplejump_p (p)))
                    922:        maybe_never = 1;
                    923:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                    924:         be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
                    925:         code has been duplicated.  */
                    926:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                    927:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                    928:        maybe_never = call_passed = 0;
                    929:     }
                    930: 
                    931:   /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other.  */
                    932: 
                    933:   ignore_some_movables (movables);
                    934: 
                    935:   /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                    936:      leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                    937:      If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                    938:      since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                    939: 
                    940:   force_movables (movables);
                    941: 
                    942:   /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
                    943:      If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
                    944:      through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
                    945:      all together as the priority of the first.  */
                    946: 
                    947:   combine_movables (movables, nregs);
                    948:        
                    949:   /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
                    950:      Store 0 in n_times_set for each reg that is moved.  */
                    951: 
                    952:   move_movables (movables, threshold,
                    953:                 insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs);
                    954: 
                    955:   /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
                    956:      Change n_times_set to indicate that those are not actually invariant.  */
                    957:   for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
                    958:     if (n_times_set[i] < 0)
                    959:       n_times_set[i] = n_times_used[i];
                    960: 
                    961:   if (flag_strength_reduce)
                    962:     strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top,
                    963:                     insn_count, loop_start, end);
                    964: }
                    965: 
                    966: /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
                    967:    mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS.  */
                    968: 
                    969: void
                    970: record_excess_regs (in_this, not_in_this, output)
                    971:      rtx in_this, not_in_this;
                    972:      rtx *output;
                    973: {
                    974:   enum rtx_code code;
                    975:   char *fmt;
                    976:   int i;
                    977: 
                    978:   code = GET_CODE (in_this);
                    979: 
                    980:   switch (code)
                    981:     {
                    982:     case PC:
                    983:     case CC0:
                    984:     case CONST_INT:
                    985:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                    986:     case CONST:
                    987:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                    988:     case LABEL_REF:
                    989:       return;
                    990: 
                    991:     case REG:
                    992:       if (REGNO (in_this) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    993:          && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this, not_in_this))
                    994:        *output = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, in_this, *output);
                    995:       return;
                    996:     }
                    997: 
                    998:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                    999:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1000:     {
                   1001:       int j;
                   1002: 
                   1003:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1004:        {
                   1005:        case 'E':
                   1006:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (in_this, i); j++)
                   1007:            record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this, i, j), not_in_this, output);
                   1008:          break;
                   1009: 
                   1010:        case 'e':
                   1011:          record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this, i), not_in_this, output);
                   1012:          break;
                   1013:        }
                   1014:     }
                   1015: }
                   1016: 
                   1017: /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
                   1018:    aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
                   1019:    If there are none, return 0.
                   1020:    If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them.  */
                   1021: 
                   1022: static rtx
                   1023: libcall_other_reg (insn, equiv)
                   1024:      rtx insn, equiv;
                   1025: {
1.1.1.4   root     1026:   rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1027:   rtx p = XEXP (note, 0);
                   1028:   rtx output = 0;
                   1029: 
                   1030:   /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
                   1031:      that are not mentioned as inputs to the result.  */
                   1032: 
                   1033:   while (p != insn)
                   1034:     {
                   1035:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1036:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1037:        record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p), equiv, &output);
                   1038:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1039:     }
                   1040: 
                   1041:   return output;
                   1042: }
                   1043: 
                   1044: /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
                   1045:    are between INSN and the end of the basic block.  */
                   1046: 
                   1047: static int 
                   1048: reg_in_basic_block_p (insn, reg)
                   1049:      rtx insn, reg;
                   1050: {
                   1051:   int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   1052:   rtx p;
                   1053: 
                   1054:   if (regno_first_uid[regno] != INSN_UID (insn))
                   1055:     return 0;
                   1056: 
                   1057:   /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg.  */
                   1058:   for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1059:     {
                   1060:       switch (GET_CODE (p))
                   1061:        {
                   1062:        case NOTE:
                   1063:          break;
                   1064: 
                   1065:        case INSN:
                   1066:        case CALL_INSN:
                   1067:          /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1068:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1069:            return 1;
                   1070:          break;
                   1071: 
                   1072:        case JUMP_INSN:
                   1073:          /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win.  */
                   1074:          if (regno_last_uid[regno] == INSN_UID (p))
                   1075:            return 1;
                   1076:          /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1077:          return 0;
                   1078: 
                   1079:        case CODE_LABEL:
                   1080:        case BARRIER:
                   1081:          /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose.  */
                   1082:          return 0;
                   1083:        }
                   1084:     }
                   1085: 
                   1086:   /* The "last use" doesn't follow the "first use"??  */
                   1087:   abort ();
                   1088: }
                   1089: 
                   1090: /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
                   1091:    last insn is LAST.  This may be a group of insns used to compute a
                   1092:    value directly or can contain a library call.  */
                   1093: 
                   1094: static int
                   1095: libcall_benefit (last)
                   1096:      rtx last;
                   1097: {
                   1098:   rtx insn;
                   1099:   int benefit = 0;
                   1100: 
1.1.1.4   root     1101:   for (insn = XEXP (find_reg_note (last, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX), 0);
1.1       root     1102:        insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1103:     {
                   1104:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   1105:        benefit += 10;          /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
                   1106:                                   routine. */
                   1107:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
                   1108:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
                   1109:               && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER)
                   1110:        benefit++;
                   1111:     }
                   1112: 
                   1113:   return benefit;
                   1114: }
                   1115: 
                   1116: /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn.  */
                   1117: 
                   1118: static rtx
                   1119: skip_consec_insns (insn, count)
                   1120:      rtx insn;
                   1121:      int count;
                   1122: {
                   1123:   for (; count > 0; count--)
                   1124:     {
                   1125:       rtx temp;
                   1126: 
                   1127:       /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.  */
                   1128:       /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to 
                   1129:         be an insn here.  */
                   1130:       if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     1131:          && (temp = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1132:        insn = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1133: 
                   1134:       do insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   1135:       while (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
                   1136:     }
                   1137: 
                   1138:   return insn;
                   1139: }
                   1140: 
                   1141: /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
                   1142:    which is part of another movable.
                   1143:    We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
                   1144:    was made later and so appears later on the chain.  */
                   1145: 
                   1146: static void
                   1147: ignore_some_movables (movables)
                   1148:      struct movable *movables;
                   1149: {
                   1150:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1151: 
                   1152:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1153:     {
                   1154:       /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall?  */
1.1.1.4   root     1155:       rtx note = find_reg_note (m->insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1156:       if (note)
                   1157:        {
                   1158:          rtx insn;
                   1159:          /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
                   1160:             and mark them invalid.  We cannot use LUIDs here because
                   1161:             insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
                   1162:             Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
                   1163:             explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
                   1164:             libcalls aren't that common).  */
                   1165:          for (insn = XEXP (note, 0); insn != m->insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1166:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1167:              if (m1->insn == insn)
                   1168:                m1->done = 1;
                   1169:        }
                   1170:     }
                   1171: }        
                   1172: 
                   1173: /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
                   1174:    leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
                   1175:    If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
                   1176:    since the second can be moved only if the first is.  */
                   1177: 
                   1178: static void
                   1179: force_movables (movables)
                   1180:      struct movable *movables;
                   1181: {
                   1182:   register struct movable *m, *m1;
                   1183:   for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1184:     /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend.  */
                   1185:     if (!m1->partial && !m1->done)
                   1186:       {
                   1187:        int regno = m1->regno;
                   1188:        for (m = m1->next; m; m = m->next)
                   1189:          /* ??? Could this be a bug?  What if CSE caused the
                   1190:             register of M1 to be used after this insn?
                   1191:             Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
                   1192:             this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
                   1193:             But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
                   1194:             that M's reg is computed from M1's reg.  */
                   1195:          if (INSN_UID (m->insn) == regno_last_uid[regno]
                   1196:              && !m->done)
                   1197:            break;
                   1198:        if (m != 0 && m->set_src == m1->set_dest
                   1199:            /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid.  */
                   1200:            && m->consec == 0)
                   1201:          m = 0;
                   1202: 
                   1203:        /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
                   1204:           since it permits the second to be moved as well.  */
                   1205:        if (m != 0)
                   1206:          {
                   1207:            m->forces = m1;
                   1208:            m1->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1209:            m1->savings += m1->savings;
                   1210:          }
                   1211:       }
                   1212: }
                   1213: 
                   1214: /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
                   1215:    one register.  */
                   1216: 
                   1217: static void
                   1218: combine_movables (movables, nregs)
                   1219:      struct movable *movables;
                   1220:      int nregs;
                   1221: {
                   1222:   register struct movable *m;
                   1223:   char *matched_regs = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1224:   enum machine_mode mode;
                   1225: 
                   1226:   /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
                   1227:      or be matched.  I'm no longer sure why not.  */
                   1228:   /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here?  */
                   1229: 
                   1230:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1231:     if (m->match == 0 && n_times_used[m->regno] == 1 && !m->partial)
                   1232:       {
                   1233:        register struct movable *m1;
                   1234:        int regno = m->regno;
                   1235:        rtx reg_note, reg_note1;
                   1236: 
                   1237:        bzero (matched_regs, nregs);
                   1238:        matched_regs[regno] = 1;
                   1239: 
                   1240:        for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1241:          if (m != m1 && m1->match == 0 && n_times_used[m1->regno] == 1
                   1242:              /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1243:              && !m1->global
                   1244:              /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated.  */
                   1245:              && !m1->partial
                   1246:              && (matched_regs[m1->regno]
                   1247:                  ||
                   1248:                  (
                   1249:                   /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
                   1250:                      same constant only if the modes are the same or
                   1251:                      if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
                   1252:                      width as M1.  The check for integer is redundant, but
                   1253:                      safe, since the only case of differing destination
                   1254:                      modes with equal sources is when both sources are
                   1255:                      VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT.  */
                   1256:                   (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
                   1257:                    || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1258:                        && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
                   1259:                        && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
                   1260:                            >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
                   1261:                   /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M.  */
                   1262:                   && ((GET_CODE (m1->set_src) == REG
                   1263:                        && matched_regs[REGNO (m1->set_src)])
                   1264:                       || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m->set_src, m1->set_src,
                   1265:                                                movables))))
                   1266:              && ((m->dependencies == m1->dependencies)
                   1267:                  || rtx_equal_p (m->dependencies, m1->dependencies)))
                   1268:            {
                   1269:              m->lifetime += m1->lifetime;
                   1270:              m->savings += m1->savings;
                   1271:              m1->done = 1;
                   1272:              m1->match = m;
                   1273:              matched_regs[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1274:            }
                   1275:       }
                   1276: 
                   1277:   /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
                   1278:      This can be done for those not marked `global'
                   1279:      provided their lives don't overlap.  */
                   1280: 
                   1281:   for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
                   1282:        mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
                   1283:     {
                   1284:       register struct movable *m0 = 0;
                   1285: 
                   1286:       /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
                   1287:         Don't combine any that are used outside this loop.  */
                   1288:       for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1289:        if (m->partial && ! m->global
                   1290:            && mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m->insn)))))
                   1291:          {
                   1292:            register struct movable *m1;
                   1293:            int first = uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m->regno]];
                   1294:            int last = uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m->regno]];
                   1295: 
                   1296:            if (m0 == 0)
                   1297:              {
                   1298:                /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it.  */
                   1299:                m0 = m;
                   1300:                  continue;
                   1301:              }
                   1302: 
                   1303:            /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
                   1304:               (Almost always true.)  */
                   1305:            if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) != GET_MODE (m0->set_dest))
                   1306:                continue;
                   1307: 
                   1308:            /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
                   1309:               already combined together.  */
                   1310:            for (m1 = movables; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
                   1311:              if (m1 == m0 || (m1->partial && m1->match == m0))
                   1312:                if (! (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[m1->regno]] > last
                   1313:                       || uid_luid[regno_last_uid[m1->regno]] < first))
                   1314:                  goto overlap;
                   1315: 
                   1316:            /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others.  */
                   1317:            m0->lifetime += m->lifetime;
                   1318:            m0->savings += m->savings;
                   1319:            m->done = 1;
                   1320:            m->match = m0;
                   1321: 
                   1322:          overlap: ;
                   1323:          }
                   1324:     }
                   1325: }
                   1326: 
                   1327: /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved.  */
                   1328: 
                   1329: static int
                   1330: regs_match_p (x, y, movables)
                   1331:      rtx x, y;
                   1332:      struct movable *movables;
                   1333: {
                   1334:   int xn = REGNO (x);
                   1335:   int yn = REGNO (y);
                   1336:   struct movable *mx, *my;
                   1337: 
                   1338:   for (mx = movables; mx; mx = mx->next)
                   1339:     if (mx->regno == xn)
                   1340:       break;
                   1341: 
                   1342:   for (my = movables; my; my = my->next)
                   1343:     if (my->regno == yn)
                   1344:       break;
                   1345: 
                   1346:   return (mx && my
                   1347:          && ((mx->match == my->match && mx->match != 0)
                   1348:              || mx->match == my
                   1349:              || mx == my->match));
                   1350: }
                   1351: 
                   1352: /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
                   1353:    This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
                   1354: 
                   1355:    If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
                   1356:    equivalent constant, consider them equal.  */
                   1357: 
                   1358: static int
                   1359: rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x, y, movables)
                   1360:      rtx x, y;
                   1361:      struct movable *movables;
                   1362: {
                   1363:   register int i;
                   1364:   register int j;
                   1365:   register struct movable *m;
                   1366:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1367:   register char *fmt;
                   1368: 
                   1369:   if (x == y)
                   1370:     return 1;
                   1371:   if (x == 0 || y == 0)
                   1372:     return 0;
                   1373: 
                   1374:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1375: 
                   1376:   /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
                   1377:      equal.  */
                   1378:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == -2
                   1379:       && CONSTANT_P (y))
                   1380:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1381:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (x)
                   1382:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, y))
                   1383:        return 1;
                   1384: 
                   1385:   else if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && n_times_set[REGNO (y)] == -2
                   1386:           && CONSTANT_P (x))
                   1387:     for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1388:       if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (y)
                   1389:          && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, x))
                   1390:        return 1;
                   1391: 
                   1392:   /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal.  */
                   1393:   if (code != GET_CODE (y))
                   1394:     return 0;
                   1395: 
                   1396:   /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
                   1397:      (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent.  */
                   1398: 
                   1399:   if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
                   1400:     return 0;
                   1401: 
                   1402:   /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively.  */
                   1403:   if (code == REG)
                   1404:     return (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) || regs_match_p (x, y, movables));
                   1405: 
                   1406:   if (code == LABEL_REF)
                   1407:     return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
                   1408:   if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
                   1409:     return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
                   1410: 
                   1411:   /* Compare the elements.  If any pair of corresponding elements
                   1412:      fail to match, return 0 for the whole things.  */
                   1413: 
                   1414:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1415:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1416:     {
                   1417:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1418:        {
1.1.1.4   root     1419:        case 'w':
                   1420:          if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
                   1421:            return 0;
                   1422:          break;
                   1423: 
1.1       root     1424:        case 'i':
                   1425:          if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
                   1426:            return 0;
                   1427:          break;
                   1428: 
                   1429:        case 'E':
                   1430:          /* Two vectors must have the same length.  */
                   1431:          if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
                   1432:            return 0;
                   1433: 
                   1434:          /* And the corresponding elements must match.  */
                   1435:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   1436:            if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), movables) == 0)
                   1437:              return 0;
                   1438:          break;
                   1439: 
                   1440:        case 'e':
                   1441:          if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), movables) == 0)
                   1442:            return 0;
                   1443:          break;
                   1444: 
                   1445:        case 's':
                   1446:          if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
                   1447:            return 0;
                   1448:          break;
                   1449: 
                   1450:        case 'u':
                   1451:          /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter.  */
                   1452:          break;
                   1453: 
                   1454:        case '0':
                   1455:          break;
                   1456: 
                   1457:          /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
                   1458:             contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
                   1459:             except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs.  */
                   1460:        default:
                   1461:          abort ();
                   1462:        }
                   1463:     }
                   1464:   return 1;
                   1465: }
                   1466: 
1.1.1.2   root     1467: /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
                   1468:   insns in INSNS which use thet reference.  */
                   1469: 
                   1470: static void
                   1471: add_label_notes (x, insns)
                   1472:      rtx x;
                   1473:      rtx insns;
                   1474: {
                   1475:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1.1.1.3   root     1476:   int i, j;
1.1.1.2   root     1477:   char *fmt;
                   1478:   rtx insn;
                   1479: 
1.1.1.4   root     1480:   if (code == LABEL_REF && !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
1.1.1.2   root     1481:     {
1.1.1.5 ! root     1482:       rtx next = next_real_insn (XEXP (x, 0));
        !          1483: 
        !          1484:       /* Don't record labels that refer to dispatch tables.
        !          1485:         This is not necessary, since the tablejump references the same label.
        !          1486:         And if we did record them, flow.c would make worse code.  */
        !          1487:       if (next == 0
        !          1488:          || ! (GET_CODE (next) == JUMP_INSN
        !          1489:                && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_VEC
        !          1490:                    || GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)))
        !          1491:        {
        !          1492:          for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
        !          1493:            if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
        !          1494:              REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
        !          1495:                                          REG_NOTES (insn));
        !          1496:        }
1.1.1.2   root     1497:       return;
                   1498:     }
                   1499: 
                   1500:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1501:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1.1.1.3   root     1502:     {
                   1503:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   1504:        add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insns);
                   1505:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   1506:        for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   1507:          add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insns);
                   1508:     }
1.1.1.2   root     1509: }
                   1510: 
1.1       root     1511: /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
                   1512:    If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
                   1513:    other throughout.  */
                   1514: 
                   1515: static void
                   1516: move_movables (movables, threshold, insn_count, loop_start, end, nregs)
                   1517:      struct movable *movables;
                   1518:      int threshold;
                   1519:      int insn_count;
                   1520:      rtx loop_start;
                   1521:      rtx end;
                   1522:      int nregs;
                   1523: {
                   1524:   rtx new_start = 0;
                   1525:   register struct movable *m;
                   1526:   register rtx p;
                   1527:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
                   1528:      when we move several insns that load the same value
                   1529:      into different pseudo-registers.  */
                   1530:   rtx *reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1531:   char *already_moved = (char *) alloca (nregs);
                   1532: 
                   1533:   bzero (already_moved, nregs);
                   1534:   bzero (reg_map, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   1535: 
                   1536:   num_movables = 0;
                   1537: 
                   1538:   for (m = movables; m; m = m->next)
                   1539:     {
                   1540:       /* Describe this movable insn.  */
                   1541: 
                   1542:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1543:        {
                   1544:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
                   1545:                   INSN_UID (m->insn), m->regno, m->lifetime);
                   1546:          if (m->consec > 0)
                   1547:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "consec %d, ", m->consec);
                   1548:          if (m->cond)
                   1549:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "cond ");
                   1550:          if (m->force)
                   1551:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "force ");
                   1552:          if (m->global)
                   1553:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "global ");
                   1554:          if (m->done)
                   1555:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "done ");
                   1556:          if (m->move_insn)
                   1557:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "move-insn ");
                   1558:          if (m->match)
                   1559:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "matches %d ",
                   1560:                     INSN_UID (m->match->insn));
                   1561:          if (m->forces)
                   1562:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "forces %d ",
                   1563:                     INSN_UID (m->forces->insn));
                   1564:        }
                   1565: 
                   1566:       /* Count movables.  Value used in heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   1567:       num_movables++;
                   1568: 
                   1569:       /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
                   1570:         Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move.  */
                   1571: 
                   1572:       if (!m->done
                   1573:          && (! m->cond
                   1574:              || (1 == invariant_p (m->set_src)
                   1575:                  && (m->dependencies == 0
                   1576:                      || 1 == invariant_p (m->dependencies))
                   1577:                  && (m->consec == 0
                   1578:                      || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (m->set_dest,
                   1579:                                                       m->consec + 1,
                   1580:                                                       m->insn))))
                   1581:          && (! m->forces || m->forces->done))
                   1582:        {
                   1583:          register int regno;
                   1584:          register rtx p;
                   1585:          int savings = m->savings;
                   1586: 
                   1587:          /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
                   1588:             Compute its desirability.  */
                   1589: 
                   1590:          p = m->insn;
                   1591:          regno = m->regno;
                   1592: 
                   1593:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1594:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "savings %d ", savings);
                   1595: 
                   1596:          if (moved_once[regno])
                   1597:            {
                   1598:              insn_count *= 2;
                   1599: 
                   1600:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1601:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "halved since already moved ");
                   1602:            }
                   1603: 
                   1604:          /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
                   1605:             which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
                   1606:             if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero.  */
                   1607: 
                   1608:          /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
                   1609:             register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
                   1610:             If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
                   1611:             that moving won't speed things up much,
                   1612:             and it is liable to make register usage worse.  */
                   1613: 
                   1614:          /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
                   1615:             extra cost because something else was already moved.  */
                   1616: 
                   1617:          if (already_moved[regno]
                   1618:              || (threshold * savings * m->lifetime) >= insn_count
                   1619:              || (m->forces && m->forces->done
                   1620:                  && n_times_used[m->forces->regno] == 1))
                   1621:            {
                   1622:              int count;
                   1623:              register struct movable *m1;
                   1624:              rtx first;
                   1625: 
                   1626:              /* Now move the insns that set the reg.  */
                   1627: 
                   1628:              if (m->partial && m->match)
                   1629:                {
                   1630:                  rtx newpat, i1;
                   1631:                  rtx r1, r2;
                   1632:                  /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
                   1633:                     Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
                   1634:                     And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
                   1635:                     since it has ->match == 0.  */
                   1636:                  for (m1 = m; m1->match; m1 = m1->match);
                   1637:                  newpat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn)),
                   1638:                                          SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn)));
                   1639:                  i1 = emit_insn_before (newpat, loop_start);
                   1640: 
                   1641:                  /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
                   1642:                     share a hard reg with the other matching invariant.  */
                   1643:                  REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (m->insn);
                   1644:                  r1 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn));
                   1645:                  r2 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn));
                   1646:                  regs_may_share = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r1,
                   1647:                                            gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode, r2,
                   1648:                                                     regs_may_share));
                   1649:                  delete_insn (m->insn);
                   1650: 
                   1651:                  if (new_start == 0)
                   1652:                    new_start = i1;
                   1653: 
                   1654:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1655:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1656:                }
                   1657:              /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
                   1658:                 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
                   1659:                 the move insn before the loop.  */
                   1660:              else if (m->move_insn)
                   1661:                {
                   1662:                  rtx i1, temp;
                   1663: 
                   1664:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1665:                    {
                   1666:                      /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
                   1667:                         skip to the end.  */
                   1668:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     1669:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1670:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1671: 
                   1672:                      /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
                   1673:                         delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
                   1674:                         The last insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1675:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     1676:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1677:                        {
                   1678:                          temp = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1679:                          while (temp != p)
                   1680:                            temp = delete_insn (temp);
                   1681:                        }
                   1682: 
                   1683:                      p = delete_insn (p);
                   1684:                    }
                   1685: 
                   1686:                  start_sequence ();
                   1687:                  emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
1.1.1.2   root     1688:                  temp = get_insns ();
1.1       root     1689:                  end_sequence ();
                   1690: 
1.1.1.2   root     1691:                  add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
                   1692: 
                   1693:                  i1 = emit_insns_before (temp, loop_start);
1.1.1.4   root     1694:                  if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1695:                    REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1696:                      = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST,
                   1697:                                 m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV : REG_EQUAL,
                   1698:                                 m->set_src, REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1699: 
                   1700:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1701:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
                   1702: 
                   1703:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1704:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1705:                }
                   1706:              else
                   1707:                {
                   1708:                  for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
                   1709:                    {
                   1710:                      rtx i1, temp;
                   1711: 
                   1712:                      /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
                   1713:                      /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to 
                   1714:                         be an insn here.  */
                   1715:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     1716:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1717:                        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   1718: 
                   1719:                      /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
                   1720:                         insns except the last before the loop.  The last
                   1721:                         insn is handled in the normal manner.  */
                   1722:                      if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     1723:                          && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1724:                        {
                   1725:                          rtx fn_address = 0;
                   1726:                          rtx fn_reg = 0;
                   1727:                          rtx fn_address_insn = 0;
                   1728: 
                   1729:                          first = 0;
                   1730:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != p;
                   1731:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1732:                            {
                   1733:                              rtx body;
                   1734:                              rtx n;
                   1735:                              rtx next;
                   1736: 
                   1737:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
                   1738:                                continue;
                   1739: 
                   1740:                              body = PATTERN (temp);
                   1741: 
                   1742:                              /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
                   1743:                                 not counting USE or NOTE insns.  */
                   1744:                              for (next = NEXT_INSN (temp); next != p;
                   1745:                                   next = NEXT_INSN (next))
                   1746:                                if (! (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
                   1747:                                       && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE)
                   1748:                                    && GET_CODE (next) != NOTE)
                   1749:                                  break;
                   1750:                              
                   1751:                              /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
                   1752:                                 that loads the function address.
                   1753: 
                   1754:                                 Extract the function address from the insn
                   1755:                                 that loads it into a register.
                   1756:                                 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
                   1757: 
                   1758:                                 So emit a new move insn that copies the
                   1759:                                 function address into the register that the
                   1760:                                 call insn will use.  flow.c will delete any
                   1761:                                 redundant stores that we have created.  */
                   1762:                              if (GET_CODE (next) == CALL_INSN
                   1763:                                  && GET_CODE (body) == SET
                   1764:                                  && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
1.1.1.4   root     1765:                                  && (n = find_reg_note (temp, REG_EQUAL,
                   1766:                                                         NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     1767:                                {
                   1768:                                  fn_reg = SET_SRC (body);
                   1769:                                  if (GET_CODE (fn_reg) != REG)
                   1770:                                    fn_reg = SET_DEST (body);
                   1771:                                  fn_address = XEXP (n, 0);
                   1772:                                  fn_address_insn = temp;
                   1773:                                }
                   1774:                              /* We have the call insn.
                   1775:                                 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
                   1776:                                 load it with the correct address directly.  */
                   1777:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN
                   1778:                                  && fn_address != 0
1.1.1.4   root     1779:                                  && reg_referenced_p (fn_reg, body))
1.1       root     1780:                                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (fn_reg,
                   1781:                                                                fn_address),
                   1782:                                                 fn_address_insn);
                   1783: 
                   1784:                              if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
                   1785:                                i1 = emit_call_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1786:                              else
                   1787:                                i1 = emit_insn_before (body, loop_start);
                   1788:                              if (first == 0)
                   1789:                                first = i1;
                   1790:                              if (temp == fn_address_insn)
                   1791:                                fn_address_insn = i1;
                   1792:                              REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (temp);
                   1793:                              delete_insn (temp);
                   1794:                            }
                   1795:                        }
                   1796:                      if (m->savemode != VOIDmode)
                   1797:                        {
                   1798:                          /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
                   1799:                             the bits that are not covered by the mode
                   1800:                             m->savemode.  */
                   1801:                          rtx reg = m->set_dest;
                   1802:                          rtx sequence;
                   1803:                          rtx tem;
                   1804:                      
                   1805:                          start_sequence ();
                   1806:                          tem = expand_binop
                   1807:                            (GET_MODE (reg), and_optab, reg,
1.1.1.4   root     1808:                             GEN_INT ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
                   1809:                                        << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m->savemode)))
1.1       root     1810:                                      - 1),
                   1811:                             reg, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
                   1812:                          if (tem == 0)
                   1813:                            abort ();
                   1814:                          if (tem != reg)
                   1815:                            emit_move_insn (reg, tem);
                   1816:                          sequence = gen_sequence ();
                   1817:                          end_sequence ();
                   1818:                          i1 = emit_insn_before (sequence, loop_start);
                   1819:                        }
                   1820:                      else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1821:                        i1 = emit_call_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1822:                      else
                   1823:                        i1 = emit_insn_before (PATTERN (p), loop_start);
                   1824: 
                   1825:                      REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (p);
                   1826: 
1.1.1.5 ! root     1827:                      /* If there is a REG_EQUAL note present whose value is
        !          1828:                         not loop invariant, then delete it, since it may
        !          1829:                         cause problems with later optimization passes.
        !          1830:                         It is possible for cse to create such notes
        !          1831:                         like this as a result of record_jump_cond.  */
        !          1832:                      
        !          1833:                      if ((temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
        !          1834:                          && ! invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0)))
        !          1835:                        remove_note (i1, temp);
        !          1836: 
1.1       root     1837:                      if (new_start == 0)
                   1838:                        new_start = i1;
                   1839: 
                   1840:                      if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1841:                        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d",
                   1842:                                 INSN_UID (i1));
                   1843: 
                   1844: #if 0
                   1845:                      /* This isn't needed because REG_NOTES is copied
                   1846:                         below and is wrong since P might be a PARALLEL.  */
                   1847:                      if (REG_NOTES (i1) == 0
                   1848:                          && ! m->partial /* But not if it's a zero-extend clr. */
                   1849:                          && ! m->global /* and not if used outside the loop
                   1850:                                            (since it might get set outside).  */
                   1851:                          && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p))))
                   1852:                        REG_NOTES (i1)
                   1853:                          = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_EQUAL,
                   1854:                                     SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), REG_NOTES (i1));
                   1855: #endif
                   1856: 
                   1857:                      /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
                   1858:                         insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
                   1859:                         and REG_RETVAL on I1.  */
1.1.1.4   root     1860:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1861:                        {
                   1862:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = first;
1.1.1.4   root     1863:                          temp = find_reg_note (first, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     1864:                          XEXP (temp, 0) = i1;
                   1865:                        }
                   1866: 
                   1867:                      delete_insn (p);
                   1868:                      do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   1869:                      while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   1870:                    }
                   1871: 
                   1872:                  /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them.  */
                   1873:                  threshold -= 3;
                   1874:                }
                   1875: 
                   1876:              /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1877:                 MUST be moved.  */
                   1878:              already_moved[regno] = 1;
                   1879: 
                   1880:              /* This reg has been moved out of one loop.  */
                   1881:              moved_once[regno] = 1;
                   1882: 
                   1883:              /* The reg set here is now invariant.  */
                   1884:              if (! m->partial)
                   1885:                n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   1886: 
                   1887:              m->done = 1;
                   1888: 
                   1889:              /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
                   1890:                 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
                   1891:                 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops.  */
                   1892: 
                   1893:              if (uid_luid[regno_first_uid[regno]] > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   1894:                /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
                   1895:                   We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
                   1896:                   in uid_luid.  Only the old insns have luids.  */
                   1897:                regno_first_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (loop_start);
                   1898:              if (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[regno]] < INSN_LUID (end))
                   1899:                regno_last_uid[regno] = INSN_UID (end);
                   1900: 
                   1901:              /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables.  */
                   1902: 
                   1903:              if (! m->partial)
                   1904:                for (m1 = movables; m1; m1 = m1->next)
                   1905:                  if (m1->match == m)
                   1906:                    {
                   1907:                      rtx temp;
                   1908: 
                   1909:                      /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
                   1910:                         for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
                   1911:                         If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
                   1912:                         circumstances, make a SUBREG.  */
                   1913:                      if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest))
                   1914:                        reg_map[m1->regno] = m->set_dest;
                   1915:                      else
                   1916:                        reg_map[m1->regno]
                   1917:                          = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest),
                   1918:                                                m->set_dest);
                   1919:                    
                   1920:                      /* Get rid of the matching insn
                   1921:                         and prevent further processing of it.  */
                   1922:                      m1->done = 1;
                   1923: 
                   1924:                      /* if library call, delete all insn except last, which
                   1925:                         is deleted below */
1.1.1.4   root     1926:                      if (temp = find_reg_note (m1->insn, REG_RETVAL,
                   1927:                                                NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     1928:                        {
                   1929:                          for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != m1->insn;
                   1930:                               temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
                   1931:                            delete_insn (temp);
                   1932:                        }
                   1933:                      delete_insn (m1->insn);
                   1934: 
                   1935:                      /* Any other movable that loads the same register
                   1936:                         MUST be moved.  */
                   1937:                      already_moved[m1->regno] = 1;
                   1938: 
                   1939:                      /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
                   1940:                         if the reg it matches is invariant.  */
                   1941:                      if (! m->partial)
                   1942:                        n_times_set[m1->regno] = 0;
                   1943:                    }
                   1944:            }
                   1945:          else if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1946:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not desirable");
                   1947:        }
                   1948:       else if (loop_dump_stream && !m->match)
                   1949:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not safe");
                   1950: 
                   1951:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   1952:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   1953:     }
                   1954: 
                   1955:   if (new_start == 0)
                   1956:     new_start = loop_start;
                   1957: 
                   1958:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
                   1959:      all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   1960:   for (p = new_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   1961:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   1962:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   1963:       {
                   1964:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
                   1965:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
1.1.1.5 ! root     1966:        INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
1.1       root     1967:       }
                   1968: }
                   1969: 
                   1970: #if 0
                   1971: /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
                   1972:    REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement.  */
                   1973: 
                   1974: static void
                   1975: replace_call_address (x, reg, addr)
                   1976:      rtx x, reg, addr;
                   1977: {
                   1978:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   1979:   register int i;
                   1980:   register char *fmt;
                   1981: 
                   1982:   if (x == 0)
                   1983:     return;
                   1984:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1985:   switch (code)
                   1986:     {
                   1987:     case PC:
                   1988:     case CC0:
                   1989:     case CONST_INT:
                   1990:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   1991:     case CONST:
                   1992:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   1993:     case LABEL_REF:
                   1994:     case REG:
                   1995:       return;
                   1996: 
                   1997:     case SET:
                   1998:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   1999:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 1), reg, addr);
                   2000:       return;
                   2001: 
                   2002:     case CALL:
                   2003:       /* Short cut for very common case.  */
                   2004:       replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, addr);
                   2005:       return;
                   2006: 
                   2007:     case MEM:
                   2008:       /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
                   2009:         something is wrong.  */
                   2010:       if (XEXP (x, 0) != reg)
                   2011:        abort ();
                   2012:       XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
                   2013:       return;
                   2014:     }
                   2015: 
                   2016:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2017:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2018:     {
                   2019:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2020:        replace_call_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, addr);
                   2021:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2022:        {
                   2023:          register int j;
                   2024:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2025:            replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, addr);
                   2026:        }
                   2027:     }
                   2028: }
                   2029: #endif
                   2030: 
                   2031: /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
                   2032:    in the rtx X.  */
                   2033: 
                   2034: static int
                   2035: count_nonfixed_reads (x)
                   2036:      rtx x;
                   2037: {
                   2038:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2039:   register int i;
                   2040:   register char *fmt;
                   2041:   int value;
                   2042: 
                   2043:   if (x == 0)
                   2044:     return 0;
                   2045: 
                   2046:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2047:   switch (code)
                   2048:     {
                   2049:     case PC:
                   2050:     case CC0:
                   2051:     case CONST_INT:
                   2052:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2053:     case CONST:
                   2054:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2055:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2056:     case REG:
                   2057:       return 0;
                   2058: 
                   2059:     case MEM:
                   2060:       return ((invariant_p (XEXP (x, 0)) != 1)
                   2061:              + count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, 0)));
                   2062:     }
                   2063: 
                   2064:   value = 0;
                   2065:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2066:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2067:     {
                   2068:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2069:        value += count_nonfixed_reads (XEXP (x, i));
                   2070:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2071:        {
                   2072:          register int j;
                   2073:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2074:            value += count_nonfixed_reads (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2075:        }
                   2076:     }
                   2077:   return value;
                   2078: }
                   2079: 
                   2080: 
                   2081: #if 0
                   2082: /* P is an instruction that sets a register to the result of a ZERO_EXTEND.
                   2083:    Replace it with an instruction to load just the low bytes
                   2084:    if the machine supports such an instruction,
                   2085:    and insert above LOOP_START an instruction to clear the register.  */
                   2086: 
                   2087: static void
                   2088: constant_high_bytes (p, loop_start)
                   2089:      rtx p, loop_start;
                   2090: {
                   2091:   register rtx new;
                   2092:   register int insn_code_number;
                   2093: 
                   2094:   /* Try to change (SET (REG ...) (ZERO_EXTEND (..:B ...)))
                   2095:      to (SET (STRICT_LOW_PART (SUBREG:B (REG...))) ...).  */
                   2096: 
                   2097:   new = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2098:                 gen_rtx (STRICT_LOW_PART, VOIDmode,
                   2099:                          gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0)),
                   2100:                                   SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2101:                                   0)),
                   2102:                 XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), 0));
                   2103:   insn_code_number = recog (new, p);
                   2104: 
                   2105:   if (insn_code_number)
                   2106:     {
                   2107:       register int i;
                   2108: 
                   2109:       /* Clear destination register before the loop.  */
                   2110:       emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2111:                                 SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)),
                   2112:                                 const0_rtx),
                   2113:                        loop_start);
                   2114: 
                   2115:       /* Inside the loop, just load the low part.  */
                   2116:       PATTERN (p) = new;
                   2117:     }
                   2118: }
                   2119: #endif
                   2120: 
                   2121: /* Scan a loop setting the variables `unknown_address_altered',
1.1.1.3   root     2122:    `num_mem_sets', `loop_continue', loops_enclosed', `loop_has_call',
                   2123:    and `loop_has_volatile'.
1.1       root     2124:    Also, fill in the array `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2125: 
                   2126: static void
                   2127: prescan_loop (start, end)
                   2128:      rtx start, end;
                   2129: {
                   2130:   register int level = 1;
                   2131:   register rtx insn;
                   2132: 
                   2133:   unknown_address_altered = 0;
                   2134:   loop_has_call = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     2135:   loop_has_volatile = 0;
1.1       root     2136:   loop_store_mems_idx = 0;
                   2137: 
                   2138:   num_mem_sets = 0;
                   2139:   loops_enclosed = 1;
                   2140:   loop_continue = 0;
                   2141: 
                   2142:   for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
                   2143:        insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2144:     {
                   2145:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2146:        {
                   2147:          if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2148:            {
                   2149:              ++level;
                   2150:              /* Count number of loops contained in this one.  */
                   2151:              loops_enclosed++;
                   2152:            }
                   2153:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
                   2154:            {
                   2155:              --level;
                   2156:              if (level == 0)
                   2157:                {
                   2158:                  end = insn;
                   2159:                  break;
                   2160:                }
                   2161:            }
                   2162:          else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT)
                   2163:            {
                   2164:              if (level == 1)
                   2165:                loop_continue = insn;
                   2166:            }
                   2167:        }
                   2168:       else if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   2169:        {
                   2170:          unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2171:          loop_has_call = 1;
                   2172:        }
                   2173:       else
                   2174:        {
                   2175:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
1.1.1.3   root     2176:            {
                   2177:              if (volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (insn)))
                   2178:                loop_has_volatile = 1;
                   2179: 
                   2180:              note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_addr_stored);
                   2181:            }
1.1       root     2182:        }
                   2183:     }
                   2184: }
                   2185: 
                   2186: /* Scan the function looking for loops.  Record the start and end of each loop.
                   2187:    Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
                   2188:    to from outside the loop.  */
                   2189: 
                   2190: static void
                   2191: find_and_verify_loops (f)
                   2192:      rtx f;
                   2193: {
1.1.1.5 ! root     2194:   rtx insn, label;
1.1       root     2195:   int current_loop = -1;
                   2196:   int next_loop = -1;
                   2197:   int loop;
                   2198: 
                   2199:   /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
                   2200:      treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
                   2201:      This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops.  */
                   2202:   uid_loop_num[0] = -1;
                   2203: 
                   2204:   /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
                   2205:      loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp.  */
                   2206: 
                   2207:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2208:     {
                   2209:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   2210:        switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
                   2211:          {
                   2212:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG:
                   2213:            loop_number_loop_starts[++next_loop] =  insn;
                   2214:            loop_number_loop_ends[next_loop] = 0;
                   2215:            loop_outer_loop[next_loop] = current_loop;
                   2216:            loop_invalid[next_loop] = 0;
                   2217:            loop_number_exit_labels[next_loop] = 0;
                   2218:            current_loop = next_loop;
                   2219:            break;
                   2220: 
                   2221:          case NOTE_INSN_SETJMP:
                   2222:            /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
                   2223:               enclosing loop.  */
                   2224:            for (loop = current_loop; loop != -1; loop = loop_outer_loop[loop])
                   2225:              {
                   2226:                loop_invalid[loop] = 1;
                   2227:                if (loop_dump_stream)
                   2228:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2229:                           "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
                   2230:                           INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[loop]));
                   2231:              }
                   2232:            break;
                   2233: 
                   2234:          case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END:
                   2235:            if (current_loop == -1)
                   2236:              abort ();
                   2237: 
                   2238:            loop_number_loop_ends[current_loop] = insn;
                   2239:            current_loop = loop_outer_loop[current_loop];
                   2240:            break;
                   2241: 
                   2242:          }
                   2243: 
                   2244:       /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
                   2245:         enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter.  */
                   2246:       uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)] = current_loop;
                   2247:     }
                   2248: 
1.1.1.5 ! root     2249:   /* Any loop containing a label used in an initializer must be invalidated,
        !          2250:      because it can be jumped into from anywhere.  */
        !          2251: 
        !          2252:   for (label = forced_labels; label; label = XEXP (label, 1))
        !          2253:     {
        !          2254:       int loop_num;
        !          2255: 
        !          2256:       for (loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0))];
        !          2257:           loop_num != -1;
        !          2258:           loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
        !          2259:        loop_invalid[loop_num] = 1;
        !          2260:     }
        !          2261: 
        !          2262:   /* Now scan all insn's in the function.  If any JUMP_INSN branches into a
        !          2263:      loop that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
        !          2264:      If any INSN or CALL_INSN uses a label's address, then the loop containing
        !          2265:      that label is marked invalid, because it could be jumped into from
        !          2266:      anywhere.
1.1       root     2267: 
                   2268:      Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
                   2269:      exits the loop.  If such a block is surrounded by a conditional 
                   2270:      branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
                   2271:      invert the jump to point to the code block.  This may eliminate a
                   2272:      label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
                   2273:      possible second cse pass.  */
                   2274: 
                   2275:   for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1.1.1.5 ! root     2276:     if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
1.1       root     2277:       {
                   2278:        int this_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (insn)];
                   2279: 
1.1.1.5 ! root     2280:        if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
        !          2281:          {
        !          2282:            rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, NULL_RTX);
        !          2283:            if (note)
        !          2284:              {
        !          2285:                int loop_num;
        !          2286: 
        !          2287:                for (loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (note, 0))];
        !          2288:                     loop_num != -1;
        !          2289:                     loop_num = loop_outer_loop[loop_num])
        !          2290:                  loop_invalid[loop_num] = 1;
        !          2291:              }
        !          2292:          }
        !          2293: 
        !          2294:        if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
        !          2295:          continue;
        !          2296: 
1.1       root     2297:        mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn), this_loop_num);
                   2298: 
                   2299:        /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop.  */
                   2300:        if (this_loop_num != -1
                   2301:            && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == RETURN
                   2302:                || (simplejump_p (insn)
                   2303:                    && (uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))]
1.1.1.4   root     2304:                        != this_loop_num)))
                   2305:            && get_max_uid () < max_uid_for_loop)
1.1       root     2306:          {
                   2307:            rtx p;
                   2308:            rtx our_next = next_real_insn (insn);
                   2309: 
                   2310:            /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
                   2311:               or a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2312:            for (p = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   2313:                 GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL
                   2314:                 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   2315:                       && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
                   2316:                 && GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN;
                   2317:                 p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   2318:              ;
                   2319: 
                   2320:            /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
                   2321:               we have a block of code to try to move.
                   2322: 
                   2323:               We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
                   2324:               to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
                   2325:               If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
                   2326:               of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
                   2327:               and move the block of code to the spot we found.  */
                   2328: 
                   2329:            if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
1.1.1.4   root     2330:                && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                   2331:                /* Just ignore jumps to labels that were never emitted.
                   2332:                   These always indicate compilation errors.  */
                   2333:                && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) != 0
                   2334:                && condjump_p (p)
                   2335:                && ! simplejump_p (p)
                   2336:                && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == our_next)
1.1       root     2337:              {
                   2338:                rtx target
                   2339:                  = JUMP_LABEL (insn) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn) : get_last_insn ();
                   2340:                int target_loop_num = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (target)];
                   2341:                rtx loc;
                   2342: 
                   2343:                for (loc = target; loc; loc = PREV_INSN (loc))
                   2344:                  if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2345:                      && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2346:                    break;
                   2347: 
                   2348:                if (loc == 0)
                   2349:                  for (loc = target; loc; loc = NEXT_INSN (loc))
                   2350:                    if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
                   2351:                        && uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop_num)
                   2352:                      break;
                   2353: 
                   2354:                if (loc)
                   2355:                  {
                   2356:                    rtx cond_label = JUMP_LABEL (p);
                   2357:                    rtx new_label = get_label_after (p);
                   2358: 
                   2359:                    /* Ensure our label doesn't go away.  */
                   2360:                    LABEL_NUSES (cond_label)++;
                   2361: 
                   2362:                    /* Verify that uid_loop_num is large enough and that
                   2363:                       we can invert P. */
1.1.1.4   root     2364:                   if (invert_jump (p, new_label))
1.1       root     2365:                     {
                   2366:                       rtx q, r;
                   2367: 
                   2368:                       /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
                   2369:                          block after LOC.  */
1.1.1.3   root     2370:                       new_label = squeeze_notes (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn));
1.1       root     2371:                       reorder_insns (new_label, NEXT_INSN (insn), loc);
                   2372: 
                   2373:                       /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP_NUM.  */
                   2374:                       for (q = new_label; q != NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn));
                   2375:                            q = NEXT_INSN (q))
                   2376:                         uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (q)] = target_loop_num;
                   2377: 
                   2378:                       /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop exit.
                   2379:                          Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g., it is a
                   2380:                          RETURN insn), search loop_number_exit_labels to find
                   2381:                          its label_ref, and remove it.  Also turn off
                   2382:                          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit.  */
                   2383:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2384:                         {
                   2385:                           for (q = 0,
                   2386:                                r = loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num];
                   2387:                                r; q = r, r = LABEL_NEXTREF (r))
                   2388:                             if (XEXP (r, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2389:                               {
                   2390:                                 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r) = 0;
                   2391:                                 if (q)
                   2392:                                   LABEL_NEXTREF (q) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2393:                                 else
                   2394:                                   loop_number_exit_labels[this_loop_num]
                   2395:                                     = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
                   2396:                                 break;
                   2397:                               }
                   2398: 
                   2399:                           /* If we didn't find it, then something is wrong. */
                   2400:                           if (! r)
                   2401:                             abort ();
                   2402:                         }
                   2403: 
                   2404:                       /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
                   2405:                          in loop_number_exit_labels, and marked as such.
                   2406:                          The easiest way to do this is to just call
                   2407:                          mark_loop_jump again for P.  */
                   2408:                       mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p), this_loop_num);
                   2409: 
                   2410:                       /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
                   2411:                          delete INSN.  */
                   2412:                       if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
                   2413:                           && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   2414:                               == next_real_insn (insn)))
                   2415:                         delete_insn (insn);
                   2416:                     }
                   2417: 
                   2418:                    /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
                   2419:                       branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
                   2420:                       in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
                   2421:                       branch and hence needs no processing.  */
                   2422:                    insn = NEXT_INSN (cond_label);
                   2423: 
                   2424:                    if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label) == 0)
                   2425:                      delete_insn (cond_label);
                   2426:                  }
                   2427:              }
                   2428:          }
                   2429:       }
                   2430: }
                   2431: 
                   2432: /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
                   2433:    loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
                   2434: 
                   2435:    For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2436: 
                   2437: static void
                   2438: mark_loop_jump (x, loop_num)
                   2439:      rtx x;
                   2440:      int loop_num;
                   2441: {
                   2442:   int dest_loop;
                   2443:   int outer_loop;
                   2444:   int i;
                   2445: 
                   2446:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   2447:     {
                   2448:     case PC:
                   2449:     case USE:
                   2450:     case CLOBBER:
                   2451:     case REG:
                   2452:     case MEM:
                   2453:     case CONST_INT:
                   2454:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2455:     case RETURN:
                   2456:       return;
                   2457: 
                   2458:     case CONST:
                   2459:       /* There could be a label reference in here.  */
                   2460:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2461:       return;
                   2462: 
                   2463:     case PLUS:
                   2464:     case MINUS:
                   2465:     case MULT:
                   2466:     case LSHIFT:
                   2467:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2468:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2469:       return;
                   2470: 
                   2471:     case SIGN_EXTEND:
                   2472:     case ZERO_EXTEND:
                   2473:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop_num);
                   2474:       return;
                   2475: 
                   2476:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2477:       dest_loop = uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0))];
                   2478: 
                   2479:       /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop.  This
                   2480:         is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code.  Also
                   2481:         mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
                   2482:         false.  */
                   2483: 
                   2484:       if (dest_loop != loop_num && loop_num != -1)
                   2485:        {
                   2486:          LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
                   2487:          LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num];
                   2488:          loop_number_exit_labels[loop_num] = x;
                   2489:        }
                   2490: 
                   2491:       /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
                   2492:         by it, it invalidates at least one loop.  */
                   2493: 
                   2494:       if (dest_loop == -1)
                   2495:        return;
                   2496: 
                   2497:       /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
                   2498:         label, except those that also contain the jump insn.  */
                   2499: 
                   2500:       for (; dest_loop != -1; dest_loop = loop_outer_loop[dest_loop])
                   2501:        {
                   2502:          /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn.  */
                   2503:          for (outer_loop = loop_num; outer_loop != -1;
                   2504:               outer_loop = loop_outer_loop[outer_loop])
                   2505:            if (dest_loop == outer_loop)
                   2506:              return;
                   2507: 
                   2508:          /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop.  */
                   2509:          if (loop_dump_stream && ! loop_invalid[dest_loop])
                   2510:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   2511:                     "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
                   2512:                     INSN_UID (loop_number_loop_starts[dest_loop]));
                   2513:          
                   2514:          loop_invalid[dest_loop] = 1;
                   2515:        }
                   2516:       return;
                   2517: 
                   2518:     case SET:
                   2519:       /* If this is not setting pc, ignore.  */
                   2520:       if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
                   2521:        mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x), loop_num);
                   2522:       return;
                   2523: 
                   2524:     case IF_THEN_ELSE:
                   2525:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop_num);
                   2526:       mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 2), loop_num);
                   2527:       return;
                   2528: 
                   2529:     case PARALLEL:
                   2530:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2531:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++)
                   2532:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), loop_num);
                   2533:       return;
                   2534: 
                   2535:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2536:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 1); i++)
                   2537:        mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 1, i), loop_num);
                   2538:       return;
                   2539: 
                   2540:     default:
                   2541:       /* Nothing else should occur in a JUMP_INSN.  */
                   2542:       abort ();
                   2543:     }
                   2544: }
                   2545: 
                   2546: /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
                   2547:    insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
                   2548:    INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
                   2549:    been previously created by loop.c).  */
                   2550: 
                   2551: static int
                   2552: labels_in_range_p (insn, end)
                   2553:      rtx insn;
                   2554:      int end;
                   2555: {
                   2556:   while (insn && INSN_LUID (insn) <= end)
                   2557:     {
                   2558:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
                   2559:        return 1;
                   2560:       insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   2561:     }
                   2562: 
                   2563:   return 0;
                   2564: }
                   2565: 
                   2566: /* Record that a memory reference X is being set.  */
                   2567: 
                   2568: static void
                   2569: note_addr_stored (x)
                   2570:      rtx x;
                   2571: {
                   2572:   register int i;
                   2573: 
                   2574:   if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
                   2575:     return;
                   2576: 
                   2577:   /* Count number of memory writes.
                   2578:      This affects heuristics in strength_reduce.  */
                   2579:   num_mem_sets++;
                   2580: 
                   2581:   if (unknown_address_altered)
                   2582:     return;
                   2583: 
                   2584:   for (i = 0; i < loop_store_mems_idx; i++)
                   2585:     if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (loop_store_mems[i], 0), XEXP (x, 0))
                   2586:        && MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) == MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (loop_store_mems[i]))
                   2587:       {
                   2588:        /* We are storing at the same address as previously noted.  Save the
                   2589:           wider reference, treating BLKmode as wider.  */
                   2590:        if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode
                   2591:            || (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   2592:                > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (loop_store_mems[i]))))
                   2593:          loop_store_mems[i] = x;
                   2594:        break;
                   2595:       }
                   2596: 
                   2597:   if (i == NUM_STORES)
                   2598:     unknown_address_altered = 1;
                   2599: 
                   2600:   else if (i == loop_store_mems_idx)
                   2601:     loop_store_mems[loop_store_mems_idx++] = x;
                   2602: }
                   2603: 
                   2604: /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
                   2605: 
                   2606:    The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
                   2607: 
                   2608:    If `unknown_address_altered' is nonzero, no memory ref is invariant.
                   2609:    Otherwise, a memory ref is invariant if it does not conflict with
                   2610:    anything stored in `loop_store_mems'.  */
                   2611: 
                   2612: int
                   2613: invariant_p (x)
                   2614:      register rtx x;
                   2615: {
                   2616:   register int i;
                   2617:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   2618:   register char *fmt;
                   2619:   int conditional = 0;
                   2620: 
                   2621:   if (x == 0)
                   2622:     return 1;
                   2623:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2624:   switch (code)
                   2625:     {
                   2626:     case CONST_INT:
                   2627:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2628:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2629:     case CONST:
                   2630:       return 1;
                   2631: 
                   2632:     case LABEL_REF:
                   2633:       /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
                   2634:         loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
                   2635:         This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
                   2636:         a copy of this label.  If this was invariant, then an insn loading
                   2637:         the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
                   2638:         the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
                   2639: 
                   2640:         We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
                   2641:         labels.  */
                   2642:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   2643:        return 0;
                   2644:       else
                   2645:        return 1;
                   2646: 
                   2647:     case PC:
                   2648:     case CC0:
                   2649:     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
                   2650:       return 0;
                   2651: 
                   2652:     case REG:
                   2653:       /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
                   2654:         since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop.  */
                   2655:       if (x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == arg_pointer_rtx)
                   2656:        return 1;
                   2657:       if (loop_has_call
                   2658:          && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)])
                   2659:        return 0;
                   2660:       if (n_times_set[REGNO (x)] < 0)
                   2661:        return 2;
                   2662:       return n_times_set[REGNO (x)] == 0;
                   2663: 
                   2664:     case MEM:
                   2665:       /* Read-only items (such as constants in a constant pool) are
                   2666:         invariant if their address is.  */
                   2667:       if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
                   2668:        break;
                   2669: 
                   2670:       /* If we filled the table (or had a subroutine call), any location
                   2671:         in memory could have been clobbered.  */
                   2672:       if (unknown_address_altered
                   2673:          /* Don't mess with volatile memory references.  */
                   2674:          || MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2675:        return 0;
                   2676: 
                   2677:       /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load.  */
                   2678:       for (i = loop_store_mems_idx - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2679:        if (true_dependence (loop_store_mems[i], x))
                   2680:          return 0;
                   2681: 
                   2682:       /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
                   2683:         but we must still verify the address is invariant.  */
                   2684:       break;
                   2685: 
                   2686:     case ASM_OPERANDS:
                   2687:       /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile.  */
                   2688:       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
                   2689:        return 0;
                   2690:     }
                   2691: 
                   2692:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2693:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2694:     {
                   2695:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   2696:        {
                   2697:          int tem = invariant_p (XEXP (x, i));
                   2698:          if (tem == 0)
                   2699:            return 0;
                   2700:          if (tem == 2)
                   2701:            conditional = 1;
                   2702:        }
                   2703:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2704:        {
                   2705:          register int j;
                   2706:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2707:            {
                   2708:              int tem = invariant_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   2709:              if (tem == 0)
                   2710:                return 0;
                   2711:              if (tem == 2)
                   2712:                conditional = 1;
                   2713:            }
                   2714: 
                   2715:        }
                   2716:     }
                   2717: 
                   2718:   return 1 + conditional;
                   2719: }
                   2720: 
                   2721: 
                   2722: /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
                   2723:    are INSN and the immediately following insns,
                   2724:    and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
                   2725:    (not counting uses of REG in them).
                   2726: 
                   2727:    The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
                   2728: 
                   2729:    We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
                   2730:    and that its source is invariant.  */
                   2731: 
                   2732: static int
                   2733: consec_sets_invariant_p (reg, n_sets, insn)
                   2734:      int n_sets;
                   2735:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2736: {
                   2737:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2738:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2739:   rtx temp;
                   2740:   /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN.  */
                   2741:   int count = n_sets - 1;
                   2742:   int old = n_times_set[regno];
                   2743:   int value = 0;
                   2744:   int this;
                   2745: 
                   2746:   /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value.  */
                   2747:   if (n_sets == 127)
                   2748:     return 0;
                   2749: 
                   2750:   n_times_set[regno] = 0;
                   2751: 
                   2752:   while (count > 0)
                   2753:     {
                   2754:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2755:       rtx set;
                   2756: 
                   2757:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2758:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2759: 
                   2760:       /* If library call, skip to end of of it.  */
1.1.1.4   root     2761:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     2762:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   2763: 
                   2764:       this = 0;
                   2765:       if (code == INSN
                   2766:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   2767:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   2768:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
                   2769:        {
                   2770:          this = invariant_p (SET_SRC (set));
                   2771:          if (this != 0)
                   2772:            value |= this;
1.1.1.4   root     2773:          else if (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     2774:            {
1.1.1.5 ! root     2775:              /* If this is a libcall, then any invariant REG_EQUAL note is OK.
        !          2776:                 If this is an ordinary insn, then only CONSTANT_P REG_EQUAL
        !          2777:                 notes are OK.  */
        !          2778:              this = (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0))
        !          2779:                      || (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
        !          2780:                          && invariant_p (XEXP (temp, 0))));
1.1       root     2781:              if (this != 0)
                   2782:                value |= this;
                   2783:            }
                   2784:        }
                   2785:       if (this != 0)
                   2786:        count--;
                   2787:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   2788:        {
                   2789:          n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2790:          return 0;
                   2791:        }
                   2792:     }
                   2793: 
                   2794:   n_times_set[regno] = old;
                   2795:   /* If invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2.  */
                   2796:   return 1 + (value & 2);
                   2797: }
                   2798: 
                   2799: #if 0
                   2800: /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
                   2801:    to be moved, so we no longer test it.  */
                   2802: 
                   2803: /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
                   2804:    that set REG are invariant according to TABLE.  */
                   2805: 
                   2806: static int
                   2807: all_sets_invariant_p (reg, insn, table)
                   2808:      rtx reg, insn;
                   2809:      short *table;
                   2810: {
                   2811:   register rtx p = insn;
                   2812:   register int regno = REGNO (reg);
                   2813: 
                   2814:   while (1)
                   2815:     {
                   2816:       register enum rtx_code code;
                   2817:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   2818:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   2819:       if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
                   2820:        return 1;
                   2821:       if (code == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   2822:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == REG
                   2823:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == regno)
                   2824:        {
                   2825:          if (!invariant_p (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), table))
                   2826:            return 0;
                   2827:        }
                   2828:     }
                   2829: }
                   2830: #endif /* 0 */
                   2831: 
                   2832: /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X.  For each, if it is
                   2833:    the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
                   2834:    a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx.  */
                   2835: 
                   2836: static void
                   2837: find_single_use_in_loop (insn, x, usage)
                   2838:      rtx insn;
                   2839:      rtx x;
                   2840:      rtx *usage;
                   2841: {
                   2842:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2843:   char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2844:   int i, j;
                   2845: 
                   2846:   if (code == REG)
                   2847:     usage[REGNO (x)]
                   2848:       = (usage[REGNO (x)] != 0 && usage[REGNO (x)] != insn)
                   2849:        ? const0_rtx : insn;
                   2850: 
                   2851:   else if (code == SET)
                   2852:     {
                   2853:       /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
                   2854:         in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
                   2855:         show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set 
                   2856:         for it.  */
                   2857:       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
                   2858:        find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_DEST (x), usage);
                   2859:       find_single_use_in_loop (insn, SET_SRC (x), usage);
                   2860:     }
                   2861:   else
                   2862:     for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2863:       {
                   2864:        if (fmt[i] == 'e' && XEXP (x, i) != 0)
                   2865:          find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XEXP (x, i), usage);
                   2866:        else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   2867:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   2868:            find_single_use_in_loop (insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j), usage);
                   2869:       }
                   2870: }
                   2871: 
                   2872: /* Increment N_TIMES_SET at the index of each register
                   2873:    that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO.
                   2874:    If the value of an element of N_TIMES_SET becomes 127 or more,
                   2875:    stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
                   2876: 
                   2877:    Store in SINGLE_USAGE[I] the single insn in which register I is
                   2878:    used, if it is only used once.  Otherwise, it is set to 0 (for no
                   2879:    uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use.  This parameter may be zero,
                   2880:    in which case this processing is not done.
                   2881: 
                   2882:    Store in *COUNT_PTR the number of actual instruction
                   2883:    in the loop.  We use this to decide what is worth moving out.  */
                   2884: 
                   2885: /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current basic block.
                   2886:    In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n.  */
                   2887: 
                   2888: static void
                   2889: count_loop_regs_set (from, to, may_not_move, single_usage, count_ptr, nregs)
                   2890:      register rtx from, to;
                   2891:      char *may_not_move;
                   2892:      rtx *single_usage;
                   2893:      int *count_ptr;
                   2894:      int nregs;
                   2895: {
                   2896:   register rtx *last_set = (rtx *) alloca (nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2897:   register rtx insn;
                   2898:   register int count = 0;
                   2899:   register rtx dest;
                   2900: 
                   2901:   bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2902:   for (insn = from; insn != to; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   2903:     {
                   2904:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                   2905:        {
                   2906:          ++count;
                   2907: 
                   2908:          /* If requested, record registers that have exactly one use.  */
                   2909:          if (single_usage)
                   2910:            {
                   2911:              find_single_use_in_loop (insn, PATTERN (insn), single_usage);
                   2912: 
                   2913:              /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes.  */
                   2914:              if (REG_NOTES (insn))
                   2915:                find_single_use_in_loop (insn, REG_NOTES (insn), single_usage);
                   2916:            }
                   2917: 
                   2918:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
                   2919:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG)
                   2920:            /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2921:               We might do so sometimes, but it's not worth the pain.  */
                   2922:            may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0))] = 1;
                   2923: 
                   2924:          if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   2925:              || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
                   2926:            {
                   2927:              dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                   2928:              while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2929:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2930:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2931:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2932:                dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2933:              if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2934:                {
                   2935:                  register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2936:                  /* If this is the first setting of this reg
                   2937:                     in current basic block, and it was set before,
                   2938:                     it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
                   2939:                     be moved out of the loop.  */
                   2940:                  if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2941:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2942:                  /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
                   2943:                     see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
                   2944:                     If so, neither one can be moved.  */
                   2945:                  if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2946:                      && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2947:                    may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2948:                  if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2949:                    ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2950:                  last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2951:                }
                   2952:            }
                   2953:          else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
                   2954:            {
                   2955:              register int i;
                   2956:              for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   2957:                {
                   2958:                  register rtx x = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
                   2959:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
                   2960:                    /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
                   2961:                       It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly.  */
                   2962:                    may_not_move[REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))] = 1;
                   2963: 
                   2964:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
                   2965:                    {
                   2966:                      dest = SET_DEST (x);
                   2967:                      while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   2968:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   2969:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   2970:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   2971:                        dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   2972:                      if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   2973:                        {
                   2974:                          register int regno = REGNO (dest);
                   2975:                          if (n_times_set[regno] > 0 && last_set[regno] == 0)
                   2976:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2977:                          if (last_set[regno] != 0
                   2978:                              && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
                   2979:                            may_not_move[regno] = 1;
                   2980:                          if (n_times_set[regno] < 127)
                   2981:                            ++n_times_set[regno];
                   2982:                          last_set[regno] = insn;
                   2983:                        }
                   2984:                    }
                   2985:                }
                   2986:            }
                   2987:        }
                   2988:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   2989:        bzero (last_set, nregs * sizeof (rtx));
                   2990:     }
                   2991:   *count_ptr = count;
                   2992: }
                   2993: 
                   2994: /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP_START and LOOP_END
                   2995:    and that is entered at SCAN_START,
                   2996:    return 1 if the register set in SET contained in insn INSN is used by
                   2997:    any insn that precedes INSN in cyclic order starting
                   2998:    from the loop entry point.
                   2999: 
                   3000:    We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
                   3001:    that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
                   3002:    from an inner loop past two loops.  */
                   3003: 
                   3004: static int
                   3005: loop_reg_used_before_p (set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end)
                   3006:      rtx set, insn, loop_start, scan_start, loop_end;
                   3007: {
                   3008:   rtx reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3009:   rtx p;
                   3010: 
                   3011:   /* Scan forward checking for register usage.  If we hit INSN, we
                   3012:      are done.  Otherwise, if we hit LOOP_END, wrap around to LOOP_START.  */
                   3013:   for (p = scan_start; p != insn; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   3014:     {
                   3015:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                   3016:          && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   3017:        return 1;
                   3018: 
                   3019:       if (p == loop_end)
                   3020:        p = loop_start;
                   3021:     }
                   3022: 
                   3023:   return 0;
                   3024: }
                   3025: 
                   3026: /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
                   3027:    (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it.  */
                   3028: /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
                   3029:    value is a linear function of a biv.  */
                   3030: 
                   3031: /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
                   3032:    Givs by `general_induct_var'.  */
                   3033: 
                   3034: /* Indexed by register number, indicates whether or not register is an
                   3035:    induction variable, and if so what type.  */
                   3036: 
                   3037: enum iv_mode *reg_iv_type;
                   3038: 
                   3039: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct induction'
                   3040:    if register is an induction variable.  This holds general info for
                   3041:    all induction variables.  */
                   3042: 
                   3043: struct induction **reg_iv_info;
                   3044: 
                   3045: /* Indexed by register number, contains pointer to `struct iv_class'
                   3046:    if register is a basic induction variable.  This holds info describing
                   3047:    the class (a related group) of induction variables that the biv belongs
                   3048:    to.  */
                   3049: 
                   3050: struct iv_class **reg_biv_class;
                   3051: 
                   3052: /* The head of a list which links together (via the next field)
                   3053:    every iv class for the current loop.  */
                   3054: 
                   3055: struct iv_class *loop_iv_list;
                   3056: 
                   3057: /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'.  */
                   3058: 
                   3059: static rtx note_insn;
                   3060: 
                   3061: /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs.  */
                   3062: 
                   3063: static rtx addr_placeholder;
                   3064: 
                   3065: /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
                   3066:    for the strength reduction code.  */
                   3067: 
                   3068: /* ??? There is one more optimization you might be interested in doing: to
                   3069:    allocate pseudo registers for frequently-accessed memory locations.
                   3070:    If the same memory location is referenced each time around, it might
                   3071:    be possible to copy it into a register before and out after.
                   3072:    This is especially useful when the memory location is a variable which
                   3073:    is in a stack slot because somewhere its address is taken.  If the
                   3074:    loop doesn't contain a function call and the variable isn't volatile,
                   3075:    it is safe to keep the value in a register for the duration of the
                   3076:    loop. One tricky thing is that the copying of the value back from the
                   3077:    register has to be done on all exits from the loop.  You need to check that
                   3078:    all the exits from the loop go to the same place. */
                   3079: 
                   3080: /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
                   3081:    bivs, may cause problems. */
                   3082: 
                   3083: /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
                   3084:    performance problems.
                   3085: 
                   3086:    Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
                   3087:    mode.  Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
                   3088:    then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
                   3089:    memory address.  If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
                   3090:    if it is valid.   If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
                   3091:    otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv.  */
                   3092: 
                   3093: /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
                   3094:    positive.  */
                   3095: 
                   3096: /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
                   3097:    giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
                   3098:    e.g. the VAX acb insn.  */
                   3099: 
                   3100: /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
                   3101:    was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
                   3102:    Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative.  */
                   3103: 
                   3104: /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.  */
                   3105: 
                   3106: /* Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the last
                   3107:    valid index in several tables including n_times_set and regno_last_uid.
                   3108:    This does not cause a problem here, because the added registers cannot be
                   3109:    givs outside of their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered.
                   3110:    But scan_loop must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds.  */
                   3111: 
                   3112: static void
                   3113: strength_reduce (scan_start, end, loop_top, insn_count,
                   3114:                 loop_start, loop_end)
                   3115:      rtx scan_start;
                   3116:      rtx end;
                   3117:      rtx loop_top;
                   3118:      int insn_count;
                   3119:      rtx loop_start;
                   3120:      rtx loop_end;
                   3121: {
                   3122:   rtx p;
                   3123:   rtx set;
                   3124:   rtx inc_val;
                   3125:   rtx mult_val;
                   3126:   rtx dest_reg;
                   3127:   /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
                   3128:      iteration.  */
                   3129:   int not_every_iteration = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     3130:   /* This is 1 if current insn may be executed more than once for every
                   3131:      loop iteration.  */
                   3132:   int maybe_multiple = 0;
1.1       root     3133:   /* Temporary list pointers for traversing loop_iv_list.  */
                   3134:   struct iv_class *bl, **backbl;
                   3135:   /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
                   3136:      for saving an instruction.  More if loop doesn't call subroutines
                   3137:      since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
                   3138:      and more registers are available.  */
                   3139:   /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
                   3140:   int threshold = (loop_has_call ? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs);
                   3141:   /* Map of pseudo-register replacements.  */
                   3142:   rtx *reg_map;
                   3143:   int call_seen;
                   3144:   rtx test;
                   3145:   rtx end_insert_before;
                   3146: 
                   3147:   reg_iv_type = (enum iv_mode *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop
                   3148:                                         * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3149:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_type, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (enum iv_mode *));
                   3150:   reg_iv_info = (struct induction **)
                   3151:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct induction *));
                   3152:   bzero ((char *) reg_iv_info, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3153:                                * sizeof (struct induction *)));
                   3154:   reg_biv_class = (struct iv_class **)
                   3155:     alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (struct iv_class *));
                   3156:   bzero ((char *) reg_biv_class, (max_reg_before_loop
                   3157:                                  * sizeof (struct iv_class *)));
                   3158: 
                   3159:   loop_iv_list = 0;
                   3160:   addr_placeholder = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
                   3161: 
                   3162:   /* Save insn immediately after the loop_end.  Insns inserted after loop_end
                   3163:      must be put before this insn, so that they will appear in the right
1.1.1.5 ! root     3164:      order (i.e. loop order). 
1.1       root     3165: 
1.1.1.5 ! root     3166:      If loop_end is the end of the current function, then emit a 
        !          3167:      NOTE_INSN_DELETED after loop_end and set end_insert_before to the
        !          3168:      dummy note insn.  */
        !          3169:   if (NEXT_INSN (loop_end) != 0)
        !          3170:     end_insert_before = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
        !          3171:   else
        !          3172:     end_insert_before = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_DELETED, loop_end);
1.1       root     3173: 
                   3174:   /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs.  */
                   3175: 
                   3176:   p = scan_start;
                   3177:   while (1)
                   3178:     {
                   3179:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3180:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3181:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3182:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3183:        break;
                   3184:       if (p == end)
                   3185:        {
                   3186:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3187:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3188:          else
                   3189:            break;
                   3190:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3191:            break;
                   3192:        }
                   3193: 
                   3194:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3195:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3196:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
                   3197:        {
                   3198:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3199:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3200:              && REGNO (dest_reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   3201:              && reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT)
                   3202:            {
1.1.1.4   root     3203:              if (basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), dest_reg, p,
1.1       root     3204:                                      &inc_val, &mult_val))
                   3205:                {
                   3206:                  /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
                   3207:                     Create and initialize an induction structure for it.  */
                   3208: 
                   3209:                  struct induction *v
                   3210:                    = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3211: 
                   3212:                  record_biv (v, p, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
1.1.1.3   root     3213:                              not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple);
1.1       root     3214:                  reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3215:                }
                   3216:              else if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop)
                   3217:                reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3218:            }
                   3219:        }
                   3220: 
1.1.1.3   root     3221:       /* Past CODE_LABEL, we get to insns that may be executed multiple
                   3222:         times.  The only way we can be sure that they can't is if every
                   3223:         every jump insn between here and the end of the loop either
                   3224:         returns, exits the loop, or is a forward jump.  */
                   3225: 
                   3226:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   3227:        {
                   3228:          rtx insn = p;
                   3229: 
                   3230:          maybe_multiple = 0;
                   3231: 
                   3232:          while (1)
                   3233:            {
                   3234:              insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   3235:              if (insn == scan_start)
                   3236:                break;
                   3237:              if (insn == end)
                   3238:                {
                   3239:                  if (loop_top != 0)
                   3240:                    insn = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3241:                  else
                   3242:                    break;
                   3243:                  if (insn == scan_start)
                   3244:                    break;
                   3245:                }
                   3246: 
                   3247:              if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
                   3248:                  && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != RETURN
                   3249:                  && (! condjump_p (insn)
                   3250:                      || (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
                   3251:                          && (INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn)) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   3252:                              || INSN_UID (insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   3253:                              || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
                   3254:                                  < INSN_LUID (insn))))))
                   3255:              {
                   3256:                maybe_multiple = 1;
                   3257:                break;
                   3258:              }
                   3259:            }
                   3260:        }
                   3261: 
1.1       root     3262:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3263:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3264:         iteration.  */
                   3265:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3266:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3267:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3268:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
                   3269:             beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3270:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3271:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3272:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3273:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3274:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3275:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3276: 
                   3277:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3278:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3279:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3280: 
                   3281:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3282:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3283:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3284: 
                   3285:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3286:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3287:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3288:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3289: 
                   3290:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3291:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3292:         will be executed each iteration.  This can also happen if we
                   3293:         have just passed a jump, for example, when there are nested loops.  */
                   3294: 
                   3295:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3296:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3297:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3298:     }
                   3299: 
                   3300:   /* Scan loop_iv_list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
                   3301:      Make a sanity check against n_times_set.  */
                   3302:   for (backbl = &loop_iv_list, bl = *backbl; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3303:     {
                   3304:       if (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3305:          /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc.  */
                   3306:          /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
                   3307:          || n_times_set[bl->regno] != bl->biv_count
                   3308:          /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
                   3309:             move.  So leave it alone.  */
                   3310:          || ! bl->incremented)
                   3311:        {
                   3312:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3313:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv discarded, %s\n",
                   3314:                     bl->regno,
                   3315:                     (reg_iv_type[bl->regno] != BASIC_INDUCT
                   3316:                      ? "not induction variable"
                   3317:                      : (! bl->incremented ? "never incremented"
                   3318:                         : "count error")));
                   3319:          
                   3320:          reg_iv_type[bl->regno] = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
                   3321:          *backbl = bl->next;
                   3322:        }
                   3323:       else
                   3324:        {
                   3325:          backbl = &bl->next;
                   3326: 
                   3327:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3328:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv verified\n", bl->regno);
                   3329:        }
                   3330:     }
                   3331: 
                   3332:   /* Exit if there are no bivs.  */
                   3333:   if (! loop_iv_list)
                   3334:     {
                   3335:       /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
                   3336:         strength reduction info available.  */
                   3337:       if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3338:        unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 0);
                   3339: 
                   3340:       return;
                   3341:     }
                   3342: 
                   3343:   /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
                   3344:      halting at first label.  Also record any test condition.  */
                   3345: 
                   3346:   call_seen = 0;
                   3347:   for (p = loop_start; p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   3348:     {
                   3349:       note_insn = p;
                   3350: 
                   3351:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3352:        call_seen = 1;
                   3353: 
                   3354:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3355:          || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3356:        note_stores (PATTERN (p), record_initial);
                   3357: 
                   3358:       /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
                   3359:         between it and the start of loop.  We only care about tests with
                   3360:         constants and registers and only certain of those.  */
                   3361:       if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3362:          && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
                   3363:          && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == next_real_insn (loop_end)
                   3364:          && (test = get_condition_for_loop (p)) != 0
                   3365:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (test, 0)) == REG
                   3366:          && REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3367:          && (bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (XEXP (test, 0))]) != 0
                   3368:          && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test, 1), p, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3369:          && bl->init_insn == 0)
                   3370:        {
                   3371:          /* If an NE test, we have an initial value!  */
                   3372:          if (GET_CODE (test) == NE)
                   3373:            {
                   3374:              bl->init_insn = p;
                   3375:              bl->init_set = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   3376:                                      XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1));
                   3377:            }
                   3378:          else
                   3379:            bl->initial_test = test;
                   3380:        }
                   3381:     }
                   3382: 
                   3383:   /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
                   3384:      initial value from any initializing insns set up above.  (This is done
                   3385:      in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.)  */
                   3386:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3387:     {
                   3388:       rtx src;
                   3389: 
                   3390:       if (! bl->init_insn)
                   3391:        continue;
                   3392: 
                   3393:       src = SET_SRC (bl->init_set);
                   3394: 
                   3395:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3396:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3397:                 "Biv %d initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
                   3398:                 bl->regno, INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
                   3399: 
                   3400:       if (valid_initial_value_p (src, bl->init_insn, call_seen, loop_start))
                   3401:        {
                   3402:          bl->initial_value = src;
                   3403: 
                   3404:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3405:            {
                   3406:              if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT)
                   3407:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "%d\n", INTVAL (src));
                   3408:              else
                   3409:                {
                   3410:                  print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, src);
                   3411:                  fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3412:                }
                   3413:            }
                   3414:        }
                   3415:       else
                   3416:        {
                   3417:          /* Biv initial value is not simple move,
1.1.1.2   root     3418:             so let it keep initial value of "itself".  */
1.1       root     3419: 
                   3420:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3421:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "is complex\n");
                   3422:        }
                   3423:     }
                   3424: 
                   3425:   /* Search the loop for general induction variables.  */
                   3426: 
                   3427:   /* A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
                   3428:      biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv.  */
                   3429: 
                   3430:   not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3431:   p = scan_start;
                   3432:   while (1)
                   3433:     {
                   3434:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3435:       /* At end of a straight-in loop, we are done.
                   3436:         At end of a loop entered at the bottom, scan the top.  */
                   3437:       if (p == scan_start)
                   3438:        break;
                   3439:       if (p == end)
                   3440:        {
                   3441:          if (loop_top != 0)
                   3442:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_top);
                   3443:          else
                   3444:            break;
                   3445:          if (p == scan_start)
                   3446:            break;
                   3447:        }
                   3448: 
                   3449:       /* Look for a general induction variable in a register.  */
                   3450:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   3451:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   3452:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   3453:          && ! may_not_optimize[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))])
                   3454:        {
                   3455:          rtx src_reg;
                   3456:          rtx add_val;
                   3457:          rtx mult_val;
                   3458:          int benefit;
                   3459:          rtx regnote = 0;
                   3460: 
                   3461:          dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
                   3462:          if (REGNO (dest_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   3463:            continue;
                   3464: 
                   3465:          if (/* SET_SRC is a giv.  */
                   3466:              ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set),
                   3467:                                                 &src_reg, &add_val,
                   3468:                                                 &mult_val))
                   3469:               /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
1.1.1.4   root     3470:               || ((regnote = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     3471:                   && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (regnote, 0),
                   3472:                                                        &src_reg,
                   3473:                                                        &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3474:              /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
                   3475:                 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc.  */
                   3476:              && REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
                   3477:              /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here.  */
                   3478:              && dest_reg != src_reg
                   3479:              /* This must be the only place where the register is set.  */
                   3480:              && (n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] == 1
                   3481:                  /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
                   3482:                  || (benefit = consec_sets_giv (benefit, p,
                   3483:                                                 src_reg, dest_reg,
                   3484:                                                 &add_val, &mult_val))))
                   3485:            {
                   3486:              int count;
                   3487:              struct induction *v
                   3488:                = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   3489:              rtx temp;
                   3490: 
                   3491:              /* If this is a library call, increase benefit.  */
1.1.1.4   root     3492:              if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     3493:                benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   3494: 
                   3495:              /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any.  */
                   3496:              for (count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   3497:                   count > 0; count--)
                   3498:                {
                   3499:                  /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end.
                   3500:                     Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
                   3501:                     be an insn here.  */
                   3502:                  if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1.1.1.4   root     3503:                      && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     3504:                    p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   3505: 
                   3506:                  do p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   3507:                  while (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE);
                   3508:                }
                   3509: 
                   3510:              record_giv (v, p, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
1.1.1.4   root     3511:                          DEST_REG, not_every_iteration, NULL_PTR, loop_start,
1.1       root     3512:                          loop_end);
                   3513: 
                   3514:            }
                   3515:        }
                   3516: 
                   3517: #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
                   3518:       /* Look for givs which are memory addresses.  */
                   3519:       /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600.  I wonder if it
                   3520:         still does.  */
                   3521:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN)
                   3522:        find_mem_givs (PATTERN (p), p, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   3523:                       loop_end);
                   3524: #endif
                   3525: 
                   3526:       /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs.  This can
                   3527:         change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv.  */
1.1.1.3   root     3528:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3529:        || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
1.1       root     3530:        update_giv_derive (p);
                   3531: 
                   3532:       /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
                   3533:         on whether or how many times they will be executed during each
                   3534:         iteration.  */
                   3535:       /* This code appears in three places, once in scan_loop, and twice
                   3536:         in strength_reduce.  */
                   3537:       if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
                   3538:          /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around
                   3539:             to the beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
                   3540:             This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
                   3541:             will be executed if the loop is executed.  */
                   3542:          && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop_top
                   3543:                && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end && simplejump_p (p))
                   3544:                    || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop_end && condjump_p (p)))))
                   3545:        not_every_iteration = 1;
                   3546: 
                   3547:       /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
                   3548:         be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
                   3549:         even though the exit code has been duplicated.  */
                   3550: 
                   3551:       else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
                   3552:               && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP)
                   3553:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3554: 
                   3555:       /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
                   3556:         an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
                   3557:         or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
                   3558:         loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
                   3559: 
                   3560:         Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
                   3561:         between here and the test insn of the loop, we know these insns
                   3562:         will be executed each iteration.  */
                   3563: 
                   3564:       if (not_every_iteration && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
                   3565:          && no_labels_between_p (p, loop_end))
                   3566:        not_every_iteration = 0;
                   3567:     }
                   3568: 
                   3569:   /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations.  This is
                   3570:      set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated.  This must
                   3571:      be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
                   3572:      fail if the iteration variable is a giv.  */
                   3573: 
                   3574:   loop_n_iterations = loop_iterations (loop_start, loop_end);
                   3575: 
                   3576:   /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
                   3577:      replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
                   3578:      can be calculated.  This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
                   3579:      so that final_giv_value will work correctly.  */
                   3580: 
                   3581:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3582:     {
                   3583:       struct induction *v;
                   3584: 
                   3585:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3586:        if (! v->replaceable && ! v->not_replaceable)
                   3587:          check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end);
                   3588:     }
                   3589: 
                   3590:   /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
                   3591:      nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
                   3592:      so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used.  */
                   3593:   check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start);
                   3594: 
                   3595:   /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs.  */
                   3596:   reg_map = (rtx *) alloca (max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3597:   bzero ((char *) reg_map, max_reg_before_loop * sizeof (rtx));
                   3598: 
                   3599:   /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
                   3600:      variable elimination.  */
                   3601: 
                   3602:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   3603:     {
                   3604:       struct induction *v;
                   3605:       int benefit;
                   3606:       int all_reduced;
                   3607:       rtx final_value = 0;
                   3608: 
                   3609:       /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
                   3610:         provided all givs are reduced.  This is possible if either
                   3611:         the reg is not used outside the loop, or we can compute
                   3612:         what its final value will be.
                   3613: 
                   3614:         For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
                   3615:         don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for
                   3616:         this biv.  */
                   3617: 
                   3618:       /* Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop_start.
                   3619:         We aren't concerned with any uses of the biv between
                   3620:         init_insn and loop_start since these won't be affected
                   3621:         by the value of the biv elsewhere in the function, so
                   3622:         long as init_insn doesn't use the biv itself.
                   3623:         March 14, 1989 -- [email protected] */
                   3624: 
                   3625:       if ((uid_luid[regno_last_uid[bl->regno]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   3626:           && bl->init_insn
                   3627:           && INSN_UID (bl->init_insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   3628:           && uid_luid[regno_first_uid[bl->regno]] >= INSN_LUID (bl->init_insn)
                   3629: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3630:           && ! bl->nonneg
                   3631: #endif
                   3632:           && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, SET_SRC (bl->init_set)))
                   3633:          || ((final_value = final_biv_value (bl, loop_start, loop_end))
                   3634: #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
                   3635:              && ! bl->nonneg
                   3636: #endif
                   3637:              ))
                   3638:        bl->eliminable = maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 0,
                   3639:                                              threshold, insn_count);
                   3640:       else
                   3641:        {
                   3642:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3643:            {
                   3644:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3645:                       "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
                   3646:                       bl->regno);
                   3647:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3648:                       "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
                   3649:                       regno_first_uid[bl->regno],
                   3650:                       regno_last_uid[bl->regno]);
                   3651:            }
                   3652:        }
                   3653: 
                   3654:       /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class.  */
                   3655:       combine_givs (bl);
                   3656: 
                   3657:       /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
                   3658:         biv have been strength reduced.
                   3659:         We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so.  */
                   3660:       all_reduced = 1;
                   3661: 
                   3662:       /* Check each giv in this class to see if we will benefit by reducing
                   3663:         it.  Skip giv's combined with others.  */
                   3664:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3665:        {
                   3666:          struct induction *tv;
                   3667: 
                   3668:          if (v->ignore || v->same)
                   3669:            continue;
                   3670: 
                   3671:          benefit = v->benefit;
                   3672: 
                   3673:          /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert
                   3674:             a move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv.
                   3675:             Don't do this unless the giv is a user variable, since it
                   3676:             will often be marked non-replaceable because of the duplication
                   3677:             of the exit code outside the loop.  In such a case, the copies
                   3678:             we insert are dead and will be deleted.  So they don't have
                   3679:             a cost.  Similar situations exist.  */
                   3680:          /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   3681:             of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer
                   3682:             be necessary.  */
                   3683:          if (! v->replaceable && ! bl->eliminable
                   3684:              && REG_USERVAR_P (v->dest_reg))
                   3685:            benefit -= copy_cost;
                   3686: 
                   3687:          /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will
                   3688:             insert to increment the reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3689:          benefit -= add_cost * bl->biv_count;
                   3690: 
                   3691:          /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
                   3692:             unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used).
                   3693:             This decision can be made independently for each giv.  */
                   3694: 
                   3695:          /* ??? Perhaps attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle
                   3696:             some of the new add insns; if so, can increase BENEFIT
                   3697:             (undo the subtraction of add_cost that was done above).  */
                   3698: 
                   3699:          /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
                   3700:             flag, and clear all_reduced.  */
                   3701: 
                   3702:          if (v->lifetime * threshold * benefit < insn_count)
                   3703:            {
                   3704:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3705:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3706:                         "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
                   3707:                         INSN_UID (v->insn),
                   3708:                         v->lifetime * threshold * benefit, insn_count);
                   3709:              v->ignore = 1;
                   3710:              all_reduced = 0;
                   3711:            }
                   3712:          else
                   3713:            {
                   3714:              /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
                   3715:                 multiply insn.  If not, reject it.  */
                   3716: 
                   3717:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3718:                if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx
                   3719:                    && ! product_cheap_p (tv->add_val, v->mult_val))
                   3720:                  {
                   3721:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3722:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   3723:                               "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
                   3724:                               INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3725:                    v->ignore = 1;
                   3726:                    all_reduced = 0;
                   3727:                    break;
                   3728:                  }
                   3729:            }
                   3730:        }
                   3731: 
                   3732:       /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce.  */
                   3733: 
                   3734:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3735:        {
                   3736:          struct induction *tv;
                   3737:          if (! v->ignore && v->same == 0)
                   3738:            {
                   3739:              v->new_reg = gen_reg_rtx (v->mode);
                   3740: 
                   3741:              /* For each place where the biv is incremented,
                   3742:                 add an insn to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv.  */
                   3743:              for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   3744:                {
                   3745:                  if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   3746:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3747:                                      v->new_reg, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3748:                  else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
                   3749:                    /* A multiply is acceptable here
                   3750:                       since this is presumed to be seldom executed.  */
                   3751:                    emit_iv_add_mult (tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
                   3752:                                      v->add_val, v->new_reg, tv->insn);
                   3753:                }
                   3754: 
                   3755:              /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg.  */
                   3756: 
                   3757:              emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3758:                                v->add_val, v->new_reg, loop_start);
                   3759:            }
                   3760:        }
                   3761: 
                   3762:       /* Rescan all givs.  If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
                   3763:         as not reduced.
                   3764:         
                   3765:         For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
                   3766:         substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
                   3767:         else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg".
                   3768: 
                   3769:         Also check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
                   3770:         last use is the definition of another giv.  If so, it is likely
                   3771:         dead and should not be used to eliminate a biv.  */
                   3772:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3773:        {
                   3774:          if (v->same && v->same->ignore)
                   3775:            v->ignore = 1;
                   3776: 
                   3777:          if (v->ignore)
                   3778:            continue;
                   3779: 
                   3780:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
                   3781:              && regno_first_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v->insn))
                   3782:            {
                   3783:              struct induction *v1;
                   3784: 
                   3785:              for (v1 = bl->giv; v1; v1 = v1->next_iv)
                   3786:                if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (v1->insn))
                   3787:                  v->maybe_dead = 1;
                   3788:            }
                   3789: 
                   3790:          /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
                   3791:             replaced.  */
                   3792:          if (v->same)
                   3793:            v->new_reg = replace_rtx (v->new_reg,
                   3794:                                      v->same->dest_reg, v->same->new_reg);
                   3795: 
                   3796:          if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
                   3797:            /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
                   3798:               this giv.  */
                   3799:            *v->location = v->new_reg;
                   3800:          else if (v->replaceable)
                   3801:            {
                   3802:              reg_map[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] = v->new_reg;
                   3803: 
                   3804: #if 0
                   3805:              /* I can no longer duplicate the original problem.  Perhaps
                   3806:                 this is unnecessary now?  */
                   3807: 
                   3808:              /* Replaceable; it isn't strictly necessary to delete the old
                   3809:                 insn and emit a new one, because v->dest_reg is now dead.
                   3810: 
                   3811:                 However, especially when unrolling loops, the special
                   3812:                 handling for (set REG0 REG1) in the second cse pass may
                   3813:                 make v->dest_reg live again.  To avoid this problem, emit
                   3814:                 an insn to set the original giv reg from the reduced giv.
                   3815:                 We can not delete the original insn, since it may be part
                   3816:                 of a LIBCALL, and the code in flow that eliminates dead
                   3817:                 libcalls will fail if it is deleted.  */
                   3818:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3819:                               v->insn);
                   3820: #endif
                   3821:            }
                   3822:          else
                   3823:            {
                   3824:              /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
                   3825:                 the reduced giv, same as above.  */
                   3826:              emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg),
                   3827:                               v->insn);
                   3828:            }
                   3829: 
                   3830:          /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
                   3831:             biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
                   3832:             correct final value.  This insn is only needed if the giv is
                   3833:             not replaceable.  The correct final value is the same as the
                   3834:             value that the giv starts the reversed loop with.  */
                   3835:          if (bl->reversed && ! v->replaceable)
                   3836:            emit_iv_add_mult (bl->initial_value, v->mult_val,
                   3837:                              v->add_val, v->dest_reg, end_insert_before);
                   3838:          else if (v->final_value)
                   3839:            {
                   3840:              rtx insert_before;
                   3841: 
                   3842:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3843:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3844:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the loop,
                   3845:                 since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3846:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3847:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3848:              else
                   3849:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3850:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->final_value),
                   3851:                                insert_before);
                   3852: 
                   3853: #if 0
                   3854:              /* If the insn to set the final value of the giv was emitted
                   3855:                 before the loop, then we must delete the insn inside the loop
                   3856:                 that sets it.  If this is a LIBCALL, then we must delete
                   3857:                 every insn in the libcall.  Note, however, that
                   3858:                 final_giv_value will only succeed when there are multiple
                   3859:                 exits if the giv is dead at each exit, hence it does not
                   3860:                 matter that the original insn remains because it is dead
                   3861:                 anyways.  */
                   3862:              /* Delete the insn inside the loop that sets the giv since
                   3863:                 the giv is now set before (or after) the loop.  */
                   3864:              delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3865: #endif
                   3866:            }
                   3867: 
                   3868:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3869:            {
                   3870:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d reduced to ",
                   3871:                       INSN_UID (v->insn));
                   3872:              print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, v->new_reg);
                   3873:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3874:            }
                   3875:        }
                   3876: 
                   3877:       /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
                   3878:         merit it.  */
                   3879: 
                   3880:       /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
                   3881:         second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
                   3882:         v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
                   3883:         combined with.
                   3884: 
                   3885:         Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where a
                   3886:         giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the insn but
                   3887:         the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is marked maybe_dead.
                   3888:         Since the register will be used in either case, we'd prefer it be
                   3889:         used from the simpler giv.  */
                   3890: 
                   3891:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3892:        if (! v->maybe_dead && v->same)
                   3893:          v->same->maybe_dead = 0;
                   3894: 
                   3895:       /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
                   3896:         This won't work if ! all_reduced,
                   3897:         since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
                   3898: 
1.1.1.2   root     3899:         We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could eliminate
1.1       root     3900:         this biv because of a giv that we now think may be dead and shouldn't
                   3901:         be used as a biv replacement.  
                   3902: 
                   3903:         Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
                   3904:         like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
                   3905:         isn't valid.  This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a 
                   3906:         JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero.  Attempts to
1.1.1.3   root     3907:         replace it with a compare with a constant will fail.
1.1       root     3908: 
                   3909:         Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
                   3910:         of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
                   3911:         doing so in the rare cases where it can occur.  */
                   3912: 
                   3913:       if (all_reduced == 1 && bl->eliminable
                   3914:          && maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, 1,
                   3915:                                  threshold, insn_count))
                   3916: 
                   3917:        {
                   3918:          /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
                   3919:             or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
                   3920:             we might want to rewrite it also.  This way some later
                   3921:             pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
                   3922:             biv entirely. */
                   3923: 
                   3924:          /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
                   3925:             and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
                   3926: 
                   3927:             Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
                   3928:             value, so we don't need another one.  We can't calculate the
                   3929:             proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
                   3930:          if (final_value != 0 && ! bl->reversed)
                   3931:            {
                   3932:              rtx insert_before;
                   3933: 
                   3934:              /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit the insn before the
                   3935:                 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter
                   3936:                 how the loop exits.  Otherwise, emit the insn after the
                   3937:                 loop, since this is slightly more efficient.  */
                   3938:              if (loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   3939:                insert_before = loop_start;
                   3940:              else
                   3941:                insert_before = end_insert_before;
                   3942: 
                   3943:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (bl->biv->dest_reg, final_value),
                   3944:                                end_insert_before);
                   3945:            }
                   3946: 
                   3947: #if 0
                   3948:          /* Delete all of the instructions inside the loop which set
                   3949:             the biv, as they are all dead.  If is safe to delete them,
                   3950:             because an insn setting a biv will never be part of a libcall.  */
                   3951:          /* However, deleting them will invalidate the regno_last_uid info,
                   3952:             so keeping them around is more convenient.  Final_biv_value
                   3953:             will only succeed when there are multiple exits if the biv
                   3954:             is dead at each exit, hence it does not matter that the original
                   3955:             insn remains, because it is dead anyways.  */
                   3956:          for (v = bl->biv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   3957:            delete_insn (v->insn);
                   3958: #endif
                   3959: 
                   3960:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3961:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
                   3962:                     bl->regno);
                   3963:        }
                   3964:     }
                   3965: 
                   3966:   /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
                   3967:      register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP.  */
                   3968: 
                   3969:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   3970:     if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   3971:        || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   3972:       {
                   3973:        replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
                   3974:        replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, max_reg_before_loop, 0);
1.1.1.5 ! root     3975:        INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
1.1       root     3976:       }
                   3977: 
                   3978:   /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
                   3979:      induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
                   3980:      collected.  */
                   3981:   
                   3982:   if (flag_unroll_loops)
                   3983:     unroll_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start, end_insert_before, 1);
                   3984: 
                   3985:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   3986:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   3987: }
                   3988: 
                   3989: /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
                   3990:    compared against in an initial test).
                   3991: 
                   3992:    X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
                   3993:    the current insn and the start of the loop.
                   3994: 
                   3995:    INSN is the insn containing X.  */
                   3996: 
                   3997: static int
                   3998: valid_initial_value_p (x, insn, call_seen, loop_start)
                   3999:      rtx x;
                   4000:      rtx insn;
                   4001:      int call_seen;
                   4002:      rtx loop_start;
                   4003: {
                   4004:   if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                   4005:     return 1;
                   4006: 
1.1.1.2   root     4007:   /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
1.1       root     4008:      we know.  */
                   4009:   if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
                   4010:       || REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   4011:     return 0;
                   4012: 
                   4013:   /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it.  On
                   4014:      some machines, don't use any hard registers at all.  */
                   4015:   if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4016: #ifndef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   4017:       && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)] && call_seen
                   4018: #endif
                   4019:       )
                   4020:     return 0;
                   4021: 
                   4022:   /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
                   4023:      loop.  */
                   4024:   if (reg_set_between_p (x, insn, loop_start))
                   4025:     return 0;
                   4026: 
                   4027:   return 1;
                   4028: }
                   4029: 
                   4030: /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
                   4031:    as a possible giv.  INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
                   4032:    NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
                   4033:    every loop iteration.  */
                   4034: 
                   4035: static void
                   4036: find_mem_givs (x, insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4037:      rtx x;
                   4038:      rtx insn;
                   4039:      int not_every_iteration;
                   4040:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4041: {
                   4042:   register int i, j;
                   4043:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   4044:   register char *fmt;
                   4045: 
                   4046:   if (x == 0)
                   4047:     return;
                   4048: 
                   4049:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4050:   switch (code)
                   4051:     {
                   4052:     case REG:
                   4053:     case CONST_INT:
                   4054:     case CONST:
                   4055:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   4056:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4057:     case LABEL_REF:
                   4058:     case PC:
                   4059:     case CC0:
                   4060:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   4061:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   4062:     case USE:
                   4063:     case CLOBBER:
                   4064:       return;
                   4065: 
                   4066:     case MEM:
                   4067:       {
                   4068:        rtx src_reg;
                   4069:        rtx add_val;
                   4070:        rtx mult_val;
                   4071:        int benefit;
                   4072: 
                   4073:        benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0),
                   4074:                                         &src_reg, &add_val, &mult_val);
                   4075: 
                   4076:        /* Don't make a DEST_ADDR giv with mult_val == 1 && add_val == 0.
                   4077:           Such a giv isn't useful.  */
                   4078:        if (benefit > 0 && (mult_val != const1_rtx || add_val != const0_rtx))
                   4079:          {
                   4080:            /* Found one; record it.  */
                   4081:            struct induction *v
                   4082:              = (struct induction *) oballoc (sizeof (struct induction));
                   4083: 
                   4084:            record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, addr_placeholder, mult_val,
                   4085:                        add_val, benefit, DEST_ADDR, not_every_iteration,
                   4086:                        &XEXP (x, 0), loop_start, loop_end);
                   4087: 
                   4088:            v->mem_mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4089:          }
                   4090:        return;
                   4091:       }
                   4092:     }
                   4093: 
                   4094:   /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs.  */
                   4095: 
                   4096:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   4097:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   4098:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   4099:       find_mem_givs (XEXP (x, i), insn, not_every_iteration, loop_start,
                   4100:                     loop_end);
                   4101:     else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   4102:       for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   4103:        find_mem_givs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, not_every_iteration,
                   4104:                       loop_start, loop_end);
                   4105: }
                   4106: 
                   4107: /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
                   4108:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv.  (It is
                   4109:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   4110:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   4111:    DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
                   4112: 
                   4113:    MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
                   4114:    INC_VAL is the increment.  Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
1.1.1.3   root     4115:    being set to INC_VAL.
                   4116: 
                   4117:    NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is nonzero if this biv update is not know to be
                   4118:    executed every iteration; MAYBE_MULTIPLE is nonzero if this biv update
                   4119:    can be executed more than once per iteration.  If MAYBE_MULTIPLE
                   4120:    and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION are both zero, we know that the biv update is
                   4121:    executed exactly once per iteration.  */
1.1       root     4122: 
                   4123: static void
1.1.1.3   root     4124: record_biv (v, insn, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val,
                   4125:            not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
1.1       root     4126:      struct induction *v;
                   4127:      rtx insn;
                   4128:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4129:      rtx inc_val;
                   4130:      rtx mult_val;
                   4131:      int not_every_iteration;
1.1.1.3   root     4132:      int maybe_multiple;
1.1       root     4133: {
                   4134:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4135: 
                   4136:   v->insn = insn;
                   4137:   v->src_reg = dest_reg;
                   4138:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4139:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4140:   v->add_val = inc_val;
                   4141:   v->mode = GET_MODE (dest_reg);
                   4142:   v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
1.1.1.3   root     4143:   v->maybe_multiple = maybe_multiple;
1.1       root     4144: 
                   4145:   /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
                   4146:      if this is the first incrementation of the reg.  */
                   4147: 
                   4148:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4149:   if (bl == 0)
                   4150:     {
                   4151:       /* Create and initialize new iv_class.  */
                   4152: 
                   4153:       bl = (struct iv_class *) oballoc (sizeof (struct iv_class));
                   4154: 
                   4155:       bl->regno = REGNO (dest_reg);
                   4156:       bl->biv = 0;
                   4157:       bl->giv = 0;
                   4158:       bl->biv_count = 0;
                   4159:       bl->giv_count = 0;
                   4160: 
                   4161:       /* Set initial value to the reg itself.  */
                   4162:       bl->initial_value = dest_reg;
1.1.1.3   root     4163:       /* We haven't seen the initializing insn yet */
1.1       root     4164:       bl->init_insn = 0;
                   4165:       bl->init_set = 0;
                   4166:       bl->initial_test = 0;
                   4167:       bl->incremented = 0;
                   4168:       bl->eliminable = 0;
                   4169:       bl->nonneg = 0;
                   4170:       bl->reversed = 0;
1.1.1.4   root     4171:       bl->total_benefit = 0;
1.1       root     4172: 
                   4173:       /* Add this class to loop_iv_list.  */
                   4174:       bl->next = loop_iv_list;
                   4175:       loop_iv_list = bl;
                   4176: 
                   4177:       /* Put it in the array of biv register classes.  */
                   4178:       reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest_reg)] = bl;
                   4179:     }
                   4180: 
                   4181:   /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv.  */
                   4182:   v->next_iv = bl->biv;
                   4183:   bl->biv = v;
                   4184:   bl->biv_count++;
                   4185:   if (mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   4186:     bl->incremented = 1;
                   4187: 
                   4188:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4189:     {
                   4190:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4191:               "Insn %d: possible biv, reg %d,",
                   4192:               INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4193:       if (GET_CODE (inc_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4194:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = %d\n",
                   4195:                 INTVAL (inc_val));
                   4196:       else
                   4197:        {
                   4198:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " const = ");
                   4199:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, inc_val);
                   4200:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4201:        }
                   4202:     }
                   4203: }
                   4204: 
                   4205: /* Fill in the data about one giv.
                   4206:    V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv.  (It is
                   4207:    allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
                   4208:    INSN is the insn that sets it.
                   4209:    BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
                   4210:    TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
                   4211:    into a register or is used as a memory address.
                   4212: 
                   4213:    SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
                   4214:    DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
                   4215:    MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
                   4216:    LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN.  */
                   4217: 
                   4218: static void
                   4219: record_giv (v, insn, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, benefit,
                   4220:            type, not_every_iteration, location, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4221:      struct induction *v;
                   4222:      rtx insn;
                   4223:      rtx src_reg;
                   4224:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4225:      rtx mult_val, add_val;
                   4226:      int benefit;
                   4227:      enum g_types type;
                   4228:      int not_every_iteration;
                   4229:      rtx *location;
                   4230:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4231: {
                   4232:   struct induction *b;
                   4233:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4234:   rtx set = single_set (insn);
                   4235:   rtx p;
                   4236: 
                   4237:   v->insn = insn;
                   4238:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   4239:   v->giv_type = type;
                   4240:   v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
                   4241:   v->mult_val = mult_val;
                   4242:   v->add_val = add_val;
                   4243:   v->benefit = benefit;
                   4244:   v->location = location;
                   4245:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   4246:   v->combined_with = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     4247:   v->maybe_multiple = 0;
1.1       root     4248:   v->maybe_dead = 0;
                   4249:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   4250:   v->same = 0;
                   4251:   v->ignore = 0;
                   4252:   v->new_reg = 0;
                   4253:   v->final_value = 0;
                   4254: 
                   4255:   /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
                   4256:      determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv.  For a
                   4257:      DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
                   4258:      isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
                   4259:      However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
                   4260:      it does not compute a new value.  Hence the value is always computable
1.1.1.2   root     4261:      regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration.  */
1.1       root     4262: 
                   4263:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4264:     v->always_computable = 1;
                   4265:   else
                   4266:     v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
                   4267: 
                   4268:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4269:     {
                   4270:       v->mode = GET_MODE (*location);
                   4271:       v->lifetime = 1;
                   4272:       v->times_used = 1;
                   4273:     }
                   4274:   else /* type == DEST_REG */
                   4275:     {
                   4276:       v->mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
                   4277: 
                   4278:       v->lifetime = (uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]
                   4279:                     - uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]);
                   4280: 
                   4281:       v->times_used = n_times_used[REGNO (dest_reg)];
                   4282: 
                   4283:       /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
                   4284:         really a dead store.  So mark this as a giv that can be
                   4285:         ignored.  This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
                   4286:       if (v->lifetime == 0)
                   4287:        v->ignore = 1;
                   4288: 
                   4289:       reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   4290:       reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   4291:     }
                   4292: 
                   4293:   /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv.  */
                   4294: 
                   4295:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (src_reg)];
                   4296:   if (bl)
                   4297:     {
                   4298:       v->next_iv = bl->giv;
                   4299:       bl->giv = v;
                   4300:       /* Don't count DEST_ADDR.  This is supposed to count the number of
                   4301:         insns that calculate givs.  */
                   4302:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4303:        bl->giv_count++;
                   4304:       bl->total_benefit += benefit;
                   4305:     }
                   4306:   else
                   4307:     /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv?  */
                   4308:     abort ();
                   4309: 
                   4310:   if (type == DEST_ADDR)
                   4311:     v->replaceable = 1;
                   4312:   else
                   4313:     {
                   4314:       /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4315:         of the following conditions are true:
                   4316:         - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4317:           on which the giv is used at all
                   4318:           (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4319:            either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4320:            or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4321:         - the giv is not used outside the loop
                   4322:         - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4323: 
                   4324:       if (regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)] == INSN_UID (insn)
                   4325:          /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt.  */
                   4326:          && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]] < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4327:          && (! not_every_iteration
                   4328:              || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg, insn)))
                   4329:        {
                   4330:          /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
                   4331:             giv's lifetime.  This requires two separate checks.  */
                   4332: 
                   4333:          /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
                   4334:             and last use of the giv.
                   4335:             
                   4336:             If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
                   4337:             the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
                   4338:             unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid.  Just
                   4339:             mark the biv as not replaceable in this case.  It is not very
                   4340:             useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
                   4341:             It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
                   4342:             using this biv anyways.  */
                   4343: 
                   4344:          v->replaceable = 1;
                   4345:          for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
                   4346:            {
                   4347:              if (INSN_UID (b->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4348:                  || ((uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4349:                       >= uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])
                   4350:                      && (uid_luid[INSN_UID (b->insn)]
                   4351:                          <= uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]])))
                   4352:                {
                   4353:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4354:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4355:                  break;
                   4356:                }
                   4357:            }
                   4358: 
                   4359:          /* Check each insn between the first and last use of the giv,
                   4360:             and fail if any of them are branches that jump to a named label
                   4361:             outside this range, but still inside the loop.  This catches
                   4362:             cases of spaghetti code where the execution order of insns
                   4363:             is not linear, and hence the above test fails.  For example,
                   4364:             in the following code, j is not replaceable:
                   4365:             for (i = 0; i < 100; )      {
                   4366:             L0:        j = 4*i; goto L1;
                   4367:             L2:        k = j;   goto L3;
                   4368:             L1:        i++;     goto L2;
                   4369:             L3:        ;        }
                   4370:             printf ("k = %d\n", k); }
                   4371:             This test is conservative, but this test succeeds rarely enough
                   4372:             that it isn't a problem.  See also check_final_value below.  */
                   4373: 
                   4374:          if (v->replaceable)
                   4375:            for (p = insn;
                   4376:                 INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
                   4377:                 || INSN_LUID (p) < uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]];
                   4378:                 p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   4379:              {
                   4380:                if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4381:                    && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4382:                    && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start)
                   4383:                         && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4384:                             < uid_luid[regno_first_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))
                   4385:                        || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end)
                   4386:                            && (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4387:                                > uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (dest_reg)]]))))
                   4388:                  {
                   4389:                    v->replaceable = 0;
                   4390:                    v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4391: 
                   4392:                    if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4393:                      fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4394:                               "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4395: 
                   4396:                    break;
                   4397:                  }
                   4398:              }
                   4399:        }
                   4400:       else
                   4401:        {
                   4402:          /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
                   4403:             decide.  */
                   4404:          v->replaceable = 0;
                   4405:          v->not_replaceable = 0;
                   4406:        }
                   4407:     }
                   4408: 
                   4409:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4410:     {
                   4411:       if (type == DEST_REG)
                   4412:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d",
                   4413:                 INSN_UID (insn), REGNO (dest_reg));
                   4414:       else
                   4415:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: dest address",
                   4416:                 INSN_UID (insn));
                   4417: 
                   4418:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " src reg %d benefit %d",
                   4419:               REGNO (src_reg), v->benefit);
                   4420:       fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " used %d lifetime %d",
                   4421:               v->times_used, v->lifetime);
                   4422: 
                   4423:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4424:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " replaceable");
                   4425: 
                   4426:       if (GET_CODE (mult_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4427:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult %d",
                   4428:                 INTVAL (mult_val));
                   4429:       else
                   4430:        {
                   4431:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " mult ");
                   4432:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mult_val);
                   4433:        }
                   4434: 
                   4435:       if (GET_CODE (add_val) == CONST_INT)
                   4436:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add %d",
                   4437:                 INTVAL (add_val));
                   4438:       else
                   4439:        {
                   4440:          fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " add ");
                   4441:          print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, add_val);
                   4442:        }
                   4443:     }
                   4444: 
                   4445:   if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4446:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
                   4447: 
                   4448: }
                   4449: 
                   4450: 
                   4451: /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
                   4452:    its final value can be calculated.  This code can not be part of record_giv
                   4453:    above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
                   4454:    be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
                   4455:    have been identified.  */
                   4456: 
                   4457: static void
                   4458: check_final_value (v, loop_start, loop_end)
                   4459:      struct induction *v;
                   4460:      rtx loop_start, loop_end;
                   4461: {
                   4462:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4463:   rtx final_value = 0;
                   4464:   rtx tem;
                   4465: 
                   4466:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (v->src_reg)];
                   4467: 
                   4468:   /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
                   4469:      replaceable above in record_giv.  */
                   4470: 
                   4471:   /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
                   4472:      of the following conditions are true:
                   4473:      - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
                   4474:        on which the giv is used at all
                   4475:        (there are two ways to deduce this:
                   4476:         either the insn is executed on every iteration,
                   4477:         or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
                   4478:      - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
                   4479:        than the one above in record_giv)
                   4480:      - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  */
                   4481: 
                   4482: #if 0
                   4483:   /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false.  */
                   4484:   /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value.  */
                   4485:   v->replaceable = 0;
                   4486: #endif
                   4487: 
                   4488:   if ((final_value = final_giv_value (v, loop_start, loop_end))
                   4489:       && (v->always_computable || last_use_this_basic_block (v->dest_reg, v->insn)))
                   4490:     {
                   4491:       int biv_increment_seen = 0;
                   4492:       rtx p = v->insn;
                   4493:       rtx last_giv_use;
                   4494: 
                   4495:       v->replaceable = 1;
                   4496: 
                   4497:       /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
                   4498:         during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
                   4499:         outside the loop because final_value is true.  Hence we can not
                   4500:         use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv.  */
                   4501: 
                   4502:       /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
                   4503:         biv occur during the giv's lifetime.  Start with the insn
                   4504:         that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
                   4505:         back to that insn again.
                   4506: 
                   4507:         Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
                   4508:         to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop.  This
                   4509:         catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
                   4510:         hence the above test fails.  Here we assume that the giv lifetime
                   4511:         does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
                   4512:         to make the test easier.  Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
                   4513:         this requires two loops.  See also record_giv above.  */
                   4514: 
                   4515:       last_giv_use = v->insn;
                   4516: 
                   4517:       while (1)
                   4518:        {
                   4519:          p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4520:          if (p == loop_end)
                   4521:            p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4522:          if (p == v->insn)
                   4523:            break;
                   4524: 
                   4525:          if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   4526:              || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
                   4527:            {
                   4528:              if (biv_increment_seen)
                   4529:                {
                   4530:                  if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4531:                    {
                   4532:                      v->replaceable = 0;
                   4533:                      v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4534:                      break;
                   4535:                    }
                   4536:                }
                   4537:              else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
                   4538:                       && SET_DEST (PATTERN (p)) == v->src_reg)
                   4539:                biv_increment_seen = 1;
                   4540:              else if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
                   4541:                last_giv_use = p;
                   4542:            }
                   4543:        }
                   4544:       
                   4545:       /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
                   4546:         from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
                   4547:         replaceable.  */
                   4548: 
                   4549:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4550:        {
                   4551:          p = v->insn;
                   4552:          while (1)
                   4553:            {
                   4554:              p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   4555:              if (p == loop_end)
                   4556:                p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
                   4557:              if (p == last_giv_use)
                   4558:                break;
                   4559: 
                   4560:              if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
                   4561:                  && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
                   4562:                  && ((INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (v->insn)
                   4563:                       && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
                   4564:                      || (INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (last_giv_use)
                   4565:                          && INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop_end))))
                   4566:                {
                   4567:                  v->replaceable = 0;
                   4568:                  v->not_replaceable = 1;
                   4569: 
                   4570:                  if (loop_dump_stream)
                   4571:                    fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   4572:                             "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
                   4573: 
                   4574:                  break;
                   4575:                }
                   4576:            }
                   4577:        }
                   4578: 
                   4579:       /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value.  */
                   4580:       if (v->replaceable)
                   4581:        v->final_value = final_value;
                   4582:     }
                   4583: 
                   4584:   if (loop_dump_stream && v->replaceable)
                   4585:     fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
                   4586:             INSN_UID (v->insn), REGNO (v->dest_reg));
                   4587: }
                   4588: 
                   4589: /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
                   4590: 
                   4591:    We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
                   4592:    between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
                   4593:    another giv.
                   4594: 
                   4595:    In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
                   4596:    derive another giv once a label has been passed.
                   4597: 
                   4598:    The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed.  */
                   4599: 
                   4600: static void
                   4601: update_giv_derive (p)
                   4602:      rtx p;
                   4603: {
                   4604:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   4605:   struct induction *biv, *giv;
                   4606:   rtx tem;
                   4607:   int dummy;
                   4608: 
                   4609:   /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
                   4610: 
1.1.1.3   root     4611:      There are three cases we are concerned with.  First we have the situation
1.1       root     4612:      of a giv that is only updated conditionally.  In that case, it may not
                   4613:      derive any givs after a label is passed.
                   4614: 
                   4615:      The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
                   4616:      definition of a giv.  For certain biv updates (see below) that are
                   4617:      known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
                   4618:      giv definition.  For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
                   4619:      we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs.  There are two
                   4620:      sub-cases within this case.
                   4621: 
                   4622:      If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
                   4623:      conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
                   4624:      a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
                   4625:      this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
                   4626: 
1.1.1.3   root     4627:      If this is a jump, we are concerned about any biv update that may be
                   4628:      executed multiple times.  We are actually only concerned about
                   4629:      backward jumps, but it is probably not worth performing the test
                   4630:      on the jump again here.
                   4631: 
                   4632:      If this is a biv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
1.1       root     4633:      subsequent biv update was performed.  If this adjustment cannot be done,
                   4634:      the giv cannot derive further givs.  */
                   4635: 
                   4636:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   4637:     for (biv = bl->biv; biv; biv = biv->next_iv)
1.1.1.3   root     4638:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
                   4639:          || biv->insn == p)
1.1       root     4640:        {
                   4641:          for (giv = bl->giv; giv; giv = giv->next_iv)
                   4642:            {
                   4643:              /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
                   4644:                 checking all of these conditions again.  */
                   4645:              if (giv->cant_derive)
                   4646:                continue;
                   4647: 
                   4648:              /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
                   4649:                 it cannot derive anything.  */
                   4650:              if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! giv->always_computable)
                   4651:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4652: 
                   4653:              /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
                   4654:                 they are really invariants.  Also skip those that are
                   4655:                 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
                   4656:                 any biv update.  */
                   4657:              else if (giv->mult_val == const0_rtx || giv->replaceable)
                   4658:                continue;
                   4659: 
                   4660:              /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
                   4661:                 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
                   4662:                 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val.  In this case, we will
                   4663:                 be able to compute a compensation.  */
                   4664:              else if (biv->insn == p)
                   4665:                {
1.1.1.2   root     4666:                  tem = 0;
                   4667: 
                   4668:                  if (biv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
                   4669:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, giv->mode,
                   4670:                                                      biv->add_val,
                   4671:                                                      giv->mult_val),
                   4672:                                             &dummy);
                   4673: 
                   4674:                  if (tem && giv->derive_adjustment)
                   4675:                    tem = simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, giv->mode, tem,
                   4676:                                                      giv->derive_adjustment),
                   4677:                                             &dummy);
                   4678:                  if (tem)
1.1       root     4679:                    giv->derive_adjustment = tem;
                   4680:                  else
                   4681:                    giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4682:                }
1.1.1.3   root     4683:              else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! biv->always_computable)
                   4684:                       || (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && biv->maybe_multiple))
1.1       root     4685:                giv->cant_derive = 1;
                   4686:            }
                   4687:        }
                   4688: }
                   4689: 
                   4690: /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
1.1.1.4   root     4691:    X is the source of insn P.
1.1       root     4692:    DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
                   4693:    We accept patterns of these forms:
1.1.1.4   root     4694:      REG = REG + INVARIANT (includes REG = REG - CONSTANT)
1.1       root     4695:      REG = INVARIANT + REG
                   4696: 
                   4697:    If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
                   4698:    and store the additive term into *INC_VAL.
                   4699: 
                   4700:    If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
                   4701:    *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
                   4702: 
1.1.1.4   root     4703:    We also want to detect a BIV when it corresponds to a variable
                   4704:    whose mode was promoted via PROMOTED_MODE.  In that case, an increment
                   4705:    of the variable may be a PLUS that adds a SUBREG of that variable to
                   4706:    an invariant and then sign- or zero-extends the result of the PLUS
                   4707:    into the variable.
                   4708: 
                   4709:    Most GIVs in such cases will be in the promoted mode, since that is the
                   4710:    probably the natural computation mode (and almost certainly the mode
                   4711:    used for addresses) on the machine.  So we view the pseudo-reg containing
                   4712:    the variable as the BIV, as if it were simply incremented.
                   4713: 
                   4714:    Note that treating the entire pseudo as a BIV will result in making
                   4715:    simple increments to any GIVs based on it.  However, if the variable
                   4716:    overflows in its declared mode but not its promoted mode, the result will
                   4717:    be incorrect.  This is acceptable if the variable is signed, since 
                   4718:    overflows in such cases are undefined, but not if it is unsigned, since
                   4719:    those overflows are defined.  So we only check for SIGN_EXTEND and
                   4720:    not ZERO_EXTEND.
                   4721: 
                   4722:    If we cannot find a biv, we return 0.  */
1.1       root     4723: 
                   4724: static int
1.1.1.4   root     4725: basic_induction_var (x, dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val)
1.1       root     4726:      register rtx x;
1.1.1.4   root     4727:      rtx p;
1.1       root     4728:      rtx dest_reg;
                   4729:      rtx *inc_val;
                   4730:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4731: {
                   4732:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   4733:   rtx arg;
1.1.1.4   root     4734:   rtx insn, set = 0;
1.1       root     4735: 
                   4736:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4737:   switch (code)
                   4738:     {
                   4739:     case PLUS:
1.1.1.4   root     4740:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == dest_reg
                   4741:          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
                   4742:              && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 0))
                   4743:              && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == dest_reg))
1.1       root     4744:        arg = XEXP (x, 1);
1.1.1.4   root     4745:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == dest_reg
                   4746:               || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SUBREG
                   4747:                   && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 1))
                   4748:                   && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1)) == dest_reg))
1.1       root     4749:        arg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4750:       else
                   4751:        return 0;
                   4752: 
                   4753:       if (invariant_p (arg) != 1)
                   4754:        return 0;
                   4755: 
1.1.1.4   root     4756:       *inc_val = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (dest_reg), arg, 0);;
1.1       root     4757:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4758:       return 1;
                   4759: 
1.1.1.4   root     4760:     case SUBREG:
                   4761:       /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted variable, check the inner
                   4762:         value.  */
                   4763:       if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x))
                   4764:          return basic_induction_var (SUBREG_REG (x), dest_reg, p,
                   4765:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
1.1       root     4766: 
1.1.1.4   root     4767:     case REG:
                   4768:       /* If this register is assigned in the previous insn, look at its
                   4769:         source, but don't go outside the loop or past a label.  */
                   4770: 
                   4771:       for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
                   4772:           (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
                   4773:            && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
                   4774:           insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
                   4775:        ;
                   4776: 
                   4777:       if (insn)
                   4778:        set = single_set (insn);
                   4779: 
                   4780:       if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == x)
                   4781:        return basic_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), dest_reg, insn,
                   4782:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
                   4783:       /* ... fall through ... */
1.1       root     4784: 
                   4785:       /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
                   4786:         Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
                   4787:         as a biv of the outer loop,
                   4788:         causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop.  */
                   4789:     case MEM:
                   4790:       if (invariant_p (x) != 1)
                   4791:        return 0;
                   4792:     case CONST_INT:
                   4793:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4794:     case CONST:
                   4795:       if (loops_enclosed == 1)
                   4796:        {
1.1.1.4   root     4797:          *inc_val = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (dest_reg), x, 0);;
1.1       root     4798:          *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4799:          return 1;
                   4800:        }
                   4801:       else
                   4802:        return 0;
                   4803: 
1.1.1.4   root     4804:     case SIGN_EXTEND:
                   4805:       return basic_induction_var (XEXP (x, 0), dest_reg, p,
                   4806:                                  inc_val, mult_val);
                   4807:     case ASHIFTRT:
                   4808:       /* Similar, since this can be a sign extension.  */
                   4809:       for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
                   4810:           (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
                   4811:            && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
                   4812:           insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
                   4813:        ;
                   4814: 
                   4815:       if (insn)
                   4816:        set = single_set (insn);
                   4817: 
                   4818:       if (set && SET_DEST (set) == XEXP (x, 0)
                   4819:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   4820:          && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
                   4821:          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == ASHIFT
                   4822:          && XEXP (x, 1) == XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))
                   4823:        return basic_induction_var (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0), dest_reg, insn,
                   4824:                                    inc_val, mult_val);
                   4825:       return 0;
                   4826: 
1.1       root     4827:     default:
                   4828:       return 0;
                   4829:     }
                   4830: }
                   4831: 
                   4832: /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
                   4833:    function   of a basic induction variable,
                   4834:    i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
                   4835:    The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
                   4836:    A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
                   4837:    it can be computed by way of other givs.  */
                   4838: 
                   4839: /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
                   4840:    If it does, return a nonzero value
                   4841:      which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
                   4842:    set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
                   4843:    set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
                   4844:      such that the value of X is biv * mult + add;  */
                   4845: 
                   4846: static int
                   4847: general_induction_var (x, src_reg, add_val, mult_val)
                   4848:      rtx x;
                   4849:      rtx *src_reg;
                   4850:      rtx *add_val;
                   4851:      rtx *mult_val;
                   4852: {
                   4853:   rtx orig_x = x;
                   4854:   int benefit = 0;
                   4855:   char *storage;
                   4856: 
                   4857:   /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv.  */
                   4858:   if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   4859:     return 0;
                   4860: 
                   4861:   /* See if the expression could be a giv and get its form.
                   4862:      Mark our place on the obstack in case we don't find a giv.  */
                   4863:   storage = (char *) oballoc (0);
                   4864:   x = simplify_giv_expr (x, &benefit);
                   4865:   if (x == 0)
                   4866:     {
                   4867:       obfree (storage);
                   4868:       return 0;
                   4869:     }
                   4870: 
                   4871:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4872:     {
                   4873:     case USE:
                   4874:     case CONST_INT:
                   4875:       /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
                   4876:         with MULT_VAL == 0.  It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
                   4877:         with.  */
                   4878:       *src_reg = loop_iv_list->biv->dest_reg;
                   4879:       *mult_val = const0_rtx;
                   4880:       *add_val = x;
                   4881:       break;
                   4882: 
                   4883:     case REG:
                   4884:       /* This is equivalent to a BIV.  */
                   4885:       *src_reg = x;
                   4886:       *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4887:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4888:       break;
                   4889: 
                   4890:     case PLUS:
                   4891:       /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
                   4892:         (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)).  */
                   4893:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
                   4894:        {
                   4895:          *src_reg = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
                   4896:          *mult_val = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
                   4897:        }
                   4898:       else
                   4899:        {
                   4900:          *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4901:          *mult_val = const1_rtx;
                   4902:        }
                   4903:       *add_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4904:       break;
                   4905: 
                   4906:     case MULT:
                   4907:       /* ADD_VAL is zero.  */
                   4908:       *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4909:       *mult_val = XEXP (x, 1);
                   4910:       *add_val = const0_rtx;
                   4911:       break;
                   4912: 
                   4913:     default:
                   4914:       abort ();
                   4915:     }
                   4916: 
                   4917:   /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
                   4918:      unless they are CONST_INT).  */
                   4919:   if (GET_CODE (*add_val) == USE)
                   4920:     *add_val = XEXP (*add_val, 0);
                   4921:   if (GET_CODE (*mult_val) == USE)
                   4922:     *mult_val = XEXP (*mult_val, 0);
                   4923: 
1.1.1.3   root     4924:   benefit += rtx_cost (orig_x, SET);
1.1       root     4925: 
                   4926:   /* Always return some benefit if this is a giv so it will be detected
                   4927:      as such.  This allows elimination of bivs that might otherwise
                   4928:      not be eliminated.  */
                   4929:   return benefit == 0 ? 1 : benefit;
                   4930: }
                   4931: 
                   4932: /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
                   4933:    We will canonicalize it to be of the form
                   4934:        (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
                   4935:              (invar_2))
1.1.1.3   root     4936:    with possible degeneracies.
1.1       root     4937: 
                   4938:    The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
                   4939:    machine operand.  We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
                   4940:    and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
                   4941:    routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
                   4942: 
                   4943:    If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
                   4944:    expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
                   4945:    returns 0.
                   4946: 
                   4947:    For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
                   4948:    REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT.  No other codes will occur.  
                   4949: 
                   4950:    *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered.  */
                   4951: 
                   4952: static rtx
                   4953: simplify_giv_expr (x, benefit)
                   4954:      rtx x;
                   4955:      int *benefit;
                   4956: {
                   4957:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4958:   rtx arg0, arg1;
                   4959:   rtx tem;
                   4960: 
                   4961:   /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
                   4962:      mode, this can't be a giv.  */
                   4963:   if (mode != VOIDmode
                   4964:       && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
1.1.1.4   root     4965:          || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
1.1       root     4966:     return 0;
                   4967: 
                   4968:   switch (GET_CODE (x))
                   4969:     {
                   4970:     case PLUS:
                   4971:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   4972:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   4973:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   4974:        return 0;
                   4975: 
                   4976:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   4977:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
                   4978:           || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   4979:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   4980:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   4981: 
                   4982:       /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant.  */
                   4983:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   4984:        return arg0;
                   4985:       else if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
                   4986:        switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   4987:          {
                   4988:          case CONST_INT:
                   4989:          case USE:
                   4990:            /* Both invariant.  Only valid if sum is machine operand.
                   4991:               First strip off possible USE on first operand.  */
                   4992:            if (GET_CODE (arg0) == USE)
                   4993:              arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
                   4994: 
                   4995:            tem = 0;
                   4996:            if (CONSTANT_P (arg0) && GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT)
                   4997:              {
                   4998:                tem = plus_constant (arg0, INTVAL (arg1));
                   4999:                if (GET_CODE (tem) != CONST_INT)
                   5000:                  tem = gen_rtx (USE, mode, tem);
                   5001:              }
                   5002: 
                   5003:            return tem;
                   5004: 
                   5005:          case REG:
                   5006:          case MULT:
                   5007:            /* biv + invar or mult + invar.  Return sum.  */
                   5008:            return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   5009: 
                   5010:          case PLUS:
                   5011:            /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   5012:            return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5013:                                               XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   5014:                                               gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5015:                                                        XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   5016:                                      benefit);
                   5017: 
                   5018:          default:
                   5019:            abort ();
                   5020:          }
                   5021: 
                   5022:       /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT.  Convert REG to
                   5023:         MULT to reduce cases.  */
                   5024:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
                   5025:        arg0 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, const1_rtx);
                   5026:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == REG)
                   5027:        arg1 = gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg1, const1_rtx);
                   5028: 
                   5029:       /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   5030:         Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
                   5031:         Recurse to associate the second PLUS.  */
                   5032:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == MULT)
                   5033:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   5034: 
                   5035:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) == PLUS)
                   5036:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5037:                                             gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5038:                                                      arg0, XEXP (arg1, 0)),
                   5039:                                             XEXP (arg1, 1)),
                   5040:                                    benefit);
                   5041: 
                   5042:       /* Now must have MULT + MULT.  Distribute if same biv, else not giv.  */
                   5043:       if (GET_CODE (arg0) != MULT || GET_CODE (arg1) != MULT)
                   5044:        abort ();
                   5045: 
                   5046:       if (XEXP (arg0, 0) != XEXP (arg1, 0))
                   5047:        return 0;
                   5048: 
                   5049:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5050:                                         XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   5051:                                         gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5052:                                                  XEXP (arg0, 1),
                   5053:                                                  XEXP (arg1, 1))),
                   5054:                                benefit);
                   5055: 
                   5056:     case MINUS:
                   5057:       /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
                   5058:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5059:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
                   5060:                                         gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
1.1.1.4   root     5061:                                                  XEXP (x, 1), constm1_rtx)),
1.1       root     5062:                                benefit);
                   5063: 
                   5064:     case MULT:
                   5065:       arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 0), benefit);
                   5066:       arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (XEXP (x, 1), benefit);
                   5067:       if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
                   5068:        return 0;
                   5069: 
                   5070:       /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant.  */
                   5071:       if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
                   5072:          && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   5073:        tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
                   5074: 
                   5075:       /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv.  */
                   5076:       if (GET_CODE (arg1) != USE && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
                   5077:        return 0;
                   5078: 
                   5079:       /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1.  */
                   5080:       if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
                   5081:        return const0_rtx;
                   5082: 
                   5083:       else if (arg1 == const1_rtx)
                   5084:        return arg0;
                   5085: 
                   5086:       switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
                   5087:        {
                   5088:        case REG:
                   5089:          /* biv * invar.  Done.  */
                   5090:          return gen_rtx (MULT, mode, arg0, arg1);
                   5091: 
                   5092:        case CONST_INT:
                   5093:          /* Product of two constants.  */
1.1.1.4   root     5094:          return GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg0) * INTVAL (arg1));
1.1       root     5095: 
                   5096:        case USE:
                   5097:          /* invar * invar.  Not giv. */
                   5098:          return 0;
                   5099: 
                   5100:        case MULT:
                   5101:          /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2.  Associate.  */
                   5102:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5103:                                             XEXP (arg0, 0),
                   5104:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5105:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   5106:                                    benefit);
                   5107: 
                   5108:        case PLUS:
                   5109:          /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2.  Distribute.  */
                   5110:          return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (PLUS, mode,
                   5111:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5112:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 0), arg1),
                   5113:                                             gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5114:                                                      XEXP (arg0, 1), arg1)),
                   5115:                                    benefit);
                   5116: 
                   5117:        default:
                   5118:          abort ();
                   5119:        }
                   5120: 
                   5121:     case ASHIFT:
                   5122:     case LSHIFT:
                   5123:       /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two.  */
                   5124:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
                   5125:        return 0;
                   5126: 
                   5127:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5128:                                         XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.4   root     5129:                                         GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
                   5130:                                                  << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))),
1.1       root     5131:                                benefit);
                   5132: 
                   5133:     case NEG:
                   5134:       /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
1.1.1.4   root     5135:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MULT, mode, XEXP (x, 0), constm1_rtx),
1.1       root     5136:                                benefit);
                   5137: 
                   5138:     case NOT:
                   5139:       /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy.  */
                   5140:       return simplify_giv_expr (gen_rtx (MINUS, mode,
                   5141:                                         gen_rtx (NEG, mode, XEXP (x, 0)),
                   5142:                                         const1_rtx),
                   5143:                                benefit);
                   5144: 
                   5145:     case USE:
                   5146:       /* Already in proper form for invariant.  */
                   5147:       return x;
                   5148: 
                   5149:     case REG:
                   5150:       /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it.  */
                   5151:       if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
                   5152:        return 0;
                   5153: 
                   5154:       /* Check for biv or giv.  */
                   5155:       switch (reg_iv_type[REGNO (x)])
                   5156:        {
                   5157:        case BASIC_INDUCT:
                   5158:          return x;
                   5159:        case GENERAL_INDUCT:
                   5160:          {
                   5161:            struct induction *v = reg_iv_info[REGNO (x)];
                   5162: 
                   5163:            /* Form expression from giv and add benefit.  Ensure this giv
                   5164:               can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so.  */
                   5165:            *benefit += v->benefit;
                   5166:            if (v->cant_derive)
                   5167:              return 0;
                   5168: 
                   5169:            tem = gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, gen_rtx (MULT, mode,
                   5170:                                                v->src_reg, v->mult_val),
                   5171:                           v->add_val);
                   5172:            if (v->derive_adjustment)
                   5173:              tem = gen_rtx (MINUS, mode, tem, v->derive_adjustment);
                   5174:            return simplify_giv_expr (tem, benefit);
                   5175:          }
                   5176:        }
                   5177: 
                   5178:       /* Fall through to general case.  */
                   5179:     default:
                   5180:       /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
                   5181:         Otherwise, not giv.  */
                   5182:       if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
                   5183:        x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   5184: 
                   5185:       if (invariant_p (x) == 1)
                   5186:        {
                   5187:          if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
                   5188:            return x;
                   5189:          else
                   5190:            return gen_rtx (USE, mode, x);
                   5191:        }
                   5192:       else
                   5193:        return 0;
                   5194:     }
                   5195: }
                   5196: 
                   5197: /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
                   5198:    for example,
                   5199:       giv = biv * M
                   5200:       giv = giv + A
                   5201:    The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
                   5202:    we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
                   5203:    immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
                   5204:    and that the result of the last is still a giv.
                   5205: 
                   5206:    The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
                   5207:    Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
                   5208:    all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
                   5209: 
                   5210:    FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
                   5211:    SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
                   5212: 
                   5213:    The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
                   5214:    *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL.  */
                   5215: 
                   5216: static int
                   5217: consec_sets_giv (first_benefit, p, src_reg, dest_reg,
                   5218:                 add_val, mult_val)
                   5219:      int first_benefit;
                   5220:      rtx p;
                   5221:      rtx src_reg;
                   5222:      rtx dest_reg;
                   5223:      rtx *add_val;
                   5224:      rtx *mult_val;
                   5225: {
                   5226:   int count;
                   5227:   enum rtx_code code;
                   5228:   int benefit;
                   5229:   rtx temp;
                   5230:   rtx set;
                   5231: 
                   5232:   /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
                   5233:      each insn of the multi-insn sequence. 
                   5234: 
                   5235:      This induction structure will be used only by the call to
                   5236:      general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
                   5237:      If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
                   5238:      a new induction structure.  */
                   5239:   struct induction *v
                   5240:     = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
                   5241:   v->src_reg = src_reg;
                   5242:   v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5243:   v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5244:   v->benefit = first_benefit;
                   5245:   v->cant_derive = 0;
                   5246:   v->derive_adjustment = 0;
                   5247: 
                   5248:   reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = GENERAL_INDUCT;
                   5249:   reg_iv_info[REGNO (dest_reg)] = v;
                   5250: 
                   5251:   count = n_times_set[REGNO (dest_reg)] - 1;
                   5252: 
                   5253:   while (count > 0)
                   5254:     {
                   5255:       p = NEXT_INSN (p);
                   5256:       code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5257: 
                   5258:       /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence.  */
1.1.1.4   root     5259:       if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1.1       root     5260:        p = XEXP (temp, 0);
                   5261: 
                   5262:       if (code == INSN
                   5263:          && (set = single_set (p))
                   5264:          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5265:          && SET_DEST (set) == dest_reg
                   5266:          && ((benefit = general_induction_var (SET_SRC (set), &src_reg,
                   5267:                                                add_val, mult_val))
                   5268:              /* Giv created by equivalent expression.  */
1.1.1.4   root     5269:              || ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     5270:                  && (benefit = general_induction_var (XEXP (temp, 0), &src_reg,
                   5271:                                                       add_val, mult_val))))
                   5272:          && src_reg == v->src_reg)
                   5273:        {
1.1.1.4   root     5274:          if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
1.1       root     5275:            benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
                   5276: 
                   5277:          count--;
                   5278:          v->mult_val = *mult_val;
                   5279:          v->add_val = *add_val;
                   5280:          v->benefit = benefit;
                   5281:        }
                   5282:       else if (code != NOTE)
                   5283:        {
                   5284:          /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
                   5285:             constant.  Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
                   5286:             include long constants and should not disqualify a giv.  */
                   5287:          if (code == INSN
                   5288:              && (set = single_set (p))
                   5289:              && SET_DEST (set) != dest_reg
                   5290:              && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
                   5291:            continue;
                   5292: 
                   5293:          reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest_reg)] = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
                   5294:          return 0;
                   5295:        }
                   5296:     }
                   5297: 
                   5298:   return v->benefit;
                   5299: }
                   5300: 
                   5301: /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
                   5302:    represented by G1.  If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
                   5303:    it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned. 
                   5304: 
                   5305:    To perform the computation, we note that
                   5306:        G1 = a * v + b          and
                   5307:        G2 = c * v + d
                   5308:    where `v' is the biv.
                   5309: 
                   5310:    So G2 = (c/a) * G1 + (d - b*c/a)  */
                   5311: 
                   5312: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5313: static rtx
                   5314: express_from (g1, g2)
                   5315:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5316: {
                   5317:   rtx mult, add;
                   5318: 
                   5319:   /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer.  Also,
                   5320:      the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
                   5321:      for notation) is also an integer.  */
                   5322:   if (GET_CODE (g1->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5323:       || GET_CODE (g2->mult_val) != CONST_INT
                   5324:       || GET_CODE (g1->add_val) != CONST_INT
                   5325:       || g1->mult_val == const0_rtx
                   5326:       || INTVAL (g2->mult_val) % INTVAL (g1->mult_val) != 0)
                   5327:     return 0;
                   5328: 
1.1.1.4   root     5329:   mult = GEN_INT (INTVAL (g2->mult_val) / INTVAL (g1->mult_val));
1.1       root     5330:   add = plus_constant (g2->add_val, - INTVAL (g1->add_val) * INTVAL (mult));
                   5331: 
                   5332:   /* Form simplified final result.  */
                   5333:   if (mult == const0_rtx)
                   5334:     return add;
                   5335:   else if (mult == const1_rtx)
                   5336:     mult = g1->dest_reg;
                   5337:   else
                   5338:     mult = gen_rtx (MULT, g2->mode, g1->dest_reg, mult);
                   5339: 
                   5340:   if (add == const0_rtx)
                   5341:     return mult;
                   5342:   else
                   5343:     return gen_rtx (PLUS, g2->mode, mult, add);
                   5344: }
                   5345: #endif
                   5346: 
                   5347: /* Return 1 if giv G2 can be combined with G1.  This means that G2 can use
                   5348:    (either directly or via an address expression) a register used to represent
                   5349:    G1.  Set g2->new_reg to a represtation of G1 (normally just
                   5350:    g1->dest_reg).  */
                   5351: 
                   5352: static int
                   5353: combine_givs_p (g1, g2)
                   5354:      struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5355: {
                   5356:   rtx tem;
                   5357: 
                   5358:   /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined.  */
                   5359:   if (rtx_equal_p (g1->mult_val, g2->mult_val)
                   5360:       && rtx_equal_p (g1->add_val, g2->add_val))
                   5361:     {
                   5362:       g2->new_reg = g1->dest_reg;
                   5363:       return 1;
                   5364:     }
                   5365: 
                   5366: #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
                   5367:   /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
                   5368:      as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
                   5369:      the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used.  */
                   5370:   if (g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
                   5371:       && (tem = express_from (g1, g2)) != 0
                   5372:       && memory_address_p (g2->mem_mode, tem)
                   5373:       && ADDRESS_COST (tem) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2->location))
                   5374:     {
                   5375:       g2->new_reg = tem;
                   5376:       return 1;
                   5377:     }
                   5378: #endif
                   5379: 
                   5380:   return 0;
                   5381: }
                   5382: 
                   5383: /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
                   5384:    any other.  If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
                   5385:    be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
                   5386:    giv.  Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis.  */
                   5387: 
                   5388: static void
                   5389: combine_givs (bl)
                   5390:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5391: {
                   5392:   struct induction *g1, *g2;
                   5393:   int pass;
                   5394: 
                   5395:   for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
                   5396:     for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
                   5397:       for (g2 = bl->giv; g2; g2 = g2->next_iv)
                   5398:        if (g1 != g2
                   5399:            /* First try to combine with replaceable givs, then all givs. */
                   5400:            && (g1->replaceable || pass == 1)
                   5401:            /* If either has already been combined or is to be ignored, can't
                   5402:               combine.  */
                   5403:            && ! g1->ignore && ! g2->ignore && ! g1->same && ! g2->same
                   5404:            /* If something has been based on G2, G2 cannot itself be based
                   5405:               on something else.  */
                   5406:            && ! g2->combined_with
                   5407:            && combine_givs_p (g1, g2))
                   5408:          {
                   5409:            /* g2->new_reg set by `combine_givs_p'  */
                   5410:            g2->same = g1;
                   5411:            g1->combined_with = 1;
                   5412:            g1->benefit += g2->benefit;
                   5413:            /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
                   5414:               of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
                   5415:               longer be necessary.  */
                   5416:            if (! g2->replaceable && REG_USERVAR_P (g2->dest_reg))
                   5417:              g1->benefit -= copy_cost;
                   5418:            g1->lifetime += g2->lifetime;
                   5419:            g1->times_used += g2->times_used;
                   5420: 
                   5421:            if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5422:              fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d combined with giv at %d\n",
                   5423:                       INSN_UID (g2->insn), INSN_UID (g1->insn));
                   5424:          }
                   5425: }
                   5426: 
                   5427: /* EMIT code before INSERT_BEFORE to set REG = B * M + A.  */
                   5428: 
                   5429: void
                   5430: emit_iv_add_mult (b, m, a, reg, insert_before)
                   5431:      rtx b;          /* initial value of basic induction variable */
                   5432:      rtx m;          /* multiplicative constant */
                   5433:      rtx a;          /* additive constant */
                   5434:      rtx reg;        /* destination register */
                   5435:      rtx insert_before;
                   5436: {
                   5437:   rtx seq;
                   5438:   rtx result;
                   5439: 
                   5440:   /* Prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx.  */
                   5441:   a = copy_rtx (a);
                   5442:   b = copy_rtx (b);
                   5443: 
                   5444:   /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
                   5445:   update_reg_last_use (a, insert_before);
                   5446:   update_reg_last_use (b, insert_before);
                   5447:   update_reg_last_use (m, insert_before);
                   5448: 
                   5449:   start_sequence ();
                   5450:   result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 0);
                   5451:   if (reg != result)
                   5452:     emit_move_insn (reg, result);
                   5453:   seq = gen_sequence ();
                   5454:   end_sequence ();
                   5455: 
                   5456:   emit_insn_before (seq, insert_before);
                   5457: }
                   5458: 
                   5459: /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
                   5460:    an actual multiply insn.  Value is 1 if so.  */
                   5461: 
                   5462: static int
                   5463: product_cheap_p (a, b)
                   5464:      rtx a;
                   5465:      rtx b;
                   5466: {
                   5467:   int i;
                   5468:   rtx tmp;
                   5469:   struct obstack *old_rtl_obstack = rtl_obstack;
                   5470:   char *storage = (char *) obstack_alloc (&temp_obstack, 0);
                   5471:   int win = 1;
                   5472: 
                   5473:   /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
                   5474:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5475:     tmp = a, a = b, b = tmp;
                   5476: 
                   5477:   /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply.  */
                   5478:   if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
                   5479:     return 1;
                   5480: 
                   5481:   /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply.  */
                   5482:   if (GET_CODE (b) != CONST_INT)
                   5483:     return 0;
                   5484: 
                   5485:   /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn.  Generate the
                   5486:      code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
                   5487:      of insns is generated.  */
                   5488: 
                   5489:   rtl_obstack = &temp_obstack;
                   5490:   start_sequence ();
1.1.1.4   root     5491:   expand_mult (GET_MODE (a), a, b, NULL_RTX, 0);
1.1       root     5492:   tmp = gen_sequence ();
                   5493:   end_sequence ();
                   5494: 
                   5495:   if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SEQUENCE)
                   5496:     {
                   5497:       if (XVEC (tmp, 0) == 0)
                   5498:        win = 1;
                   5499:       else if (XVECLEN (tmp, 0) > 3)
                   5500:        win = 0;
                   5501:       else
                   5502:        for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (tmp, 0); i++)
                   5503:          {
                   5504:            rtx insn = XVECEXP (tmp, 0, i);
                   5505: 
                   5506:            if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
                   5507:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   5508:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == MULT)
                   5509:                || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
                   5510:                    && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET
                   5511:                    && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0))) == MULT))
                   5512:              {
                   5513:                win = 0;
                   5514:                break;
                   5515:              }
                   5516:          }
                   5517:     }
                   5518:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SET
                   5519:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == MULT)
                   5520:     win = 0;
                   5521:   else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PARALLEL
                   5522:           && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0)) == SET
                   5523:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0))) == MULT)
                   5524:     win = 0;
                   5525: 
                   5526:   /* Free any storage we obtained in generating this multiply and restore rtl
                   5527:      allocation to its normal obstack.  */
                   5528:   obstack_free (&temp_obstack, storage);
                   5529:   rtl_obstack = old_rtl_obstack;
                   5530: 
                   5531:   return win;
                   5532: }
                   5533: 
                   5534: /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
                   5535:    zero" instruction.  If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
                   5536:    Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
                   5537:    to see if the optimization can be performed.
                   5538:    Value is nonzero if optimization was performed.  */
                   5539: 
                   5540: /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
                   5541:    because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
                   5542:    which decrements from n to 0.  A loop that decrements to zero is usually
                   5543:    faster than one that increments from zero.  */
                   5544: 
                   5545: /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
                   5546:    such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
                   5547:    final_[bg]iv_value.  */
                   5548: 
                   5549: static int
                   5550: check_dbra_loop (loop_end, insn_count, loop_start)
                   5551:      rtx loop_end;
                   5552:      int insn_count;
                   5553:      rtx loop_start;
                   5554: {
                   5555:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   5556:   rtx reg;
                   5557:   rtx jump_label;
                   5558:   rtx final_value;
                   5559:   rtx start_value;
                   5560:   enum rtx_code branch_code;
                   5561:   rtx new_add_val;
                   5562:   rtx comparison;
                   5563:   rtx before_comparison;
                   5564:   rtx p;
                   5565: 
                   5566:   /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
                   5567:      register value, try to optimize it.  Otherwise, we can't do anything.  */
                   5568: 
                   5569:   comparison = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5570:   if (comparison == 0)
                   5571:     return 0;
                   5572: 
                   5573:   /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
                   5574:      Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
                   5575:      it will be zero on the last iteration.  Also skip if the biv is
                   5576:      used between its update and the test insn.  */
                   5577: 
                   5578:   for (bl = loop_iv_list; bl; bl = bl->next)
                   5579:     {
                   5580:       if (bl->biv_count == 1
                   5581:          && bl->biv->dest_reg == XEXP (comparison, 0)
                   5582:          && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno], bl->biv->insn,
                   5583:                                   PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5584:        break;
                   5585:     }
                   5586: 
                   5587:   if (! bl)
                   5588:     return 0;
                   5589: 
                   5590:   /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
                   5591:      nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
                   5592:      In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
                   5593:      m68k DBRA instruction to be used.  */
                   5594: 
                   5595:   if (((GET_CODE (comparison) == GT
                   5596:        && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5597:        && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == -1)
                   5598:        || (GET_CODE (comparison) == NE && XEXP (comparison, 1) == const0_rtx))
                   5599:       && GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   5600:       && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) < 0)
                   5601:     {
                   5602:       /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
                   5603:         init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
                   5604:         the last iteration */
                   5605: 
                   5606:       if (GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
                   5607:          && INTVAL (bl->initial_value) > 0
                   5608:          && (INTVAL (bl->initial_value) %
                   5609:              (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val))) == 0)
                   5610:        {
                   5611:          /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
                   5612:          REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
1.1.1.4   root     5613:            = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5614:                       REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5615:          bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5616: 
                   5617:          return 1;
                   5618:        }
                   5619: 
                   5620:       /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
                   5621:         the loop, then we can safely optimize.  */
                   5622:       for (p = loop_start; p; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   5623:        {
                   5624:          if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   5625:            break;
                   5626:          if (GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN)
                   5627:            continue;
                   5628: 
                   5629:          before_comparison = get_condition_for_loop (p);
                   5630:          if (before_comparison
                   5631:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 0) == bl->biv->dest_reg
                   5632:              && GET_CODE (before_comparison) == LT
                   5633:              && XEXP (before_comparison, 1) == const0_rtx
                   5634:              && ! reg_set_between_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, p, loop_start)
                   5635:              && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) == -1)
                   5636:            {
                   5637:              REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end))
1.1.1.4   root     5638:                = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5639:                           REG_NOTES (PREV_INSN (loop_end)));
                   5640:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5641: 
                   5642:              return 1;
                   5643:            }
                   5644:        }
                   5645:     }
                   5646:   else if (num_mem_sets <= 1)
                   5647:     {
                   5648:       /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization.  */
                   5649:       /* Can do this if:
                   5650:         all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
                   5651:         all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
                   5652:         (obviously true if only one write)
                   5653:         allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop.  */
                   5654:       int num_nonfixed_reads = 0;
                   5655:       /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations.  */
                   5656:       int no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5657: 
                   5658:       for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5659:        if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5660:          num_nonfixed_reads += count_nonfixed_reads (PATTERN (p));
                   5661: 
                   5662:       if (bl->giv_count == 0
                   5663:          && ! loop_number_exit_labels[uid_loop_num[INSN_UID (loop_start)]])
                   5664:        {
                   5665:          rtx bivreg = regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno];
                   5666: 
                   5667:          /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
                   5668:             fall through at the end of the the loop, then
                   5669:             see if perhaps there are no uses except to count.  */
                   5670:          no_use_except_counting = 1;
                   5671:          for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5672:            if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5673:              {
                   5674:                rtx set = single_set (p);
                   5675: 
                   5676:                if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   5677:                    && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == bl->regno)
                   5678:                  /* An insn that sets the biv is okay.  */
                   5679:                  ;
                   5680:                else if (p == prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5681:                         || p == prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
                   5682:                  /* Don't bother about the end test.  */
                   5683:                  ;
                   5684:                else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
                   5685:                  /* Any other use of the biv is no good.  */
                   5686:                  {
                   5687:                    no_use_except_counting = 0;
                   5688:                    break;
                   5689:                  }
                   5690:              }
                   5691:        }
                   5692: 
                   5693:       /* This code only acts for innermost loops.  Also it simplifies
                   5694:         the memory address check by only reversing loops with
                   5695:         zero or one memory access.
                   5696:         Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
                   5697:         and that can't be reversed.  */
                   5698: 
                   5699:       if (num_nonfixed_reads <= 1
                   5700:          && !loop_has_call
1.1.1.3   root     5701:          && !loop_has_volatile
1.1       root     5702:          && (no_use_except_counting
                   5703:              || (bl->giv_count + bl->biv_count + num_mem_sets
                   5704:                  + num_movables + 2 == insn_count)))
                   5705:        {
                   5706:          rtx condition = get_condition_for_loop (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5707:          int win;
                   5708:          rtx tem;
                   5709: 
                   5710:          /* Loop can be reversed.  */
                   5711:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5712:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Can reverse loop\n");
                   5713: 
                   5714:          /* Now check other conditions:
                   5715:             initial_value must be zero,
                   5716:             final_value % add_val == 0, so that when reversed, the
                   5717:             biv will be zero on the last iteration.
                   5718: 
                   5719:             This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
                   5720:             can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
                   5721:             confusing.  */
                   5722: 
                   5723:          if (comparison && bl->initial_value == const0_rtx
                   5724:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   5725:              /* LE gets turned into LT */
                   5726:              && GET_CODE (comparison) == LT
                   5727:              && (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
                   5728:                  % INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val)) == 0)
                   5729:            {
                   5730:              /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
                   5731:                 0 on last iteration if loop reversed */
                   5732: 
                   5733:              /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns.  */
                   5734:              reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5735:              jump_label = XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))), 1);
1.1.1.4   root     5736:              new_add_val = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
1.1       root     5737: 
                   5738:              final_value = XEXP (comparison, 1);
1.1.1.4   root     5739:              start_value = GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1))
                   5740:                                     - INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
1.1       root     5741: 
                   5742:              /* Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
                   5743:                 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
                   5744:                 dead store by flow.c.  */
                   5745:              emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reg, start_value), loop_start);
                   5746: 
                   5747:              /* Add insn to decrement register, and delete insn
                   5748:                 that incremented the register.  */
                   5749:              p = emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reg, new_add_val),
                   5750:                                    bl->biv->insn);
                   5751:              delete_insn (bl->biv->insn);
                   5752:                      
                   5753:              /* Update biv info to reflect its new status.  */
                   5754:              bl->biv->insn = p;
                   5755:              bl->initial_value = start_value;
                   5756:              bl->biv->add_val = new_add_val;
                   5757: 
                   5758:              /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
                   5759:                 not delete the label.  */
                   5760:              LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label, 0)) ++;
                   5761: 
                   5762:              /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
                   5763:                 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop.  */
                   5764:              if ((regno_last_uid[bl->regno]
                   5765:                   != INSN_UID (PREV_INSN (PREV_INSN (loop_end))))
                   5766:                  || ! bl->init_insn
                   5767:                  || regno_first_uid[bl->regno] != INSN_UID (bl->init_insn))
                   5768:                emit_insn_after (gen_move_insn (reg, final_value),
                   5769:                                 loop_end);
                   5770: 
                   5771:              /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop.  */
                   5772:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5773:              delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
                   5774: 
                   5775:              /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop.  */
                   5776:              start_sequence ();
1.1.1.4   root     5777:              emit_cmp_insn (reg, const0_rtx, GE, NULL_RTX,
                   5778:                             GET_MODE (reg), 0, 0);
1.1       root     5779:              emit_jump_insn (gen_bge (XEXP (jump_label, 0)));
                   5780:              tem = gen_sequence ();
                   5781:              end_sequence ();
                   5782:              emit_jump_insn_before (tem, loop_end);
                   5783: 
                   5784:              for (tem = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
                   5785:                   tem && GET_CODE (tem) != JUMP_INSN; tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
                   5786:                ;
                   5787:              if (tem)
                   5788:                {
                   5789:                  JUMP_LABEL (tem) = XEXP (jump_label, 0);
                   5790: 
                   5791:                  /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
                   5792:                  /* Register is now always nonnegative,
                   5793:                     so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch.  */
1.1.1.4   root     5794:                  REG_NOTES (tem) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX,
1.1       root     5795:                                             REG_NOTES (tem));
                   5796:                }
                   5797: 
                   5798:              bl->nonneg = 1;
                   5799: 
                   5800:              /* Mark that this biv has been reversed.  Each giv which depends
                   5801:                 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
                   5802:                 will have to be fixed up.  */
                   5803: 
                   5804:              bl->reversed = 1;
                   5805: 
                   5806:              if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5807:                fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5808:                         "Reversed loop and added reg_nonneg\n");
                   5809: 
                   5810:              return 1;
                   5811:            }
                   5812:        }
                   5813:     }
                   5814: 
                   5815:   return 0;
                   5816: }
                   5817: 
                   5818: /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
                   5819:    based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
                   5820:    LOOP_START is the first insn of the loop, and END is the end insn.
                   5821: 
                   5822:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
                   5823: 
                   5824:    THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
                   5825:    determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
                   5826:    start of the loop.  */
                   5827: 
                   5828: static int
                   5829: maybe_eliminate_biv (bl, loop_start, end, eliminate_p, threshold, insn_count)
                   5830:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5831:      rtx loop_start;
                   5832:      rtx end;
                   5833:      int eliminate_p;
                   5834:      int threshold, insn_count;
                   5835: {
                   5836:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5837:   rtx p, set;
                   5838:   struct induction *v;
                   5839: 
                   5840:   /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
                   5841:      biv in a way that we cannot eliminate.  */
                   5842: 
                   5843:   for (p = loop_start; p != end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5844:     {
                   5845:       enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p);
                   5846:       rtx where = threshold >= insn_count ? loop_start : p;
                   5847: 
                   5848:       if ((code == INSN || code == JUMP_INSN || code == CALL_INSN)
                   5849:          && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p))
                   5850:          && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (PATTERN (p), p, bl, eliminate_p, where))
                   5851:        {
                   5852:          if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5853:            fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
                   5854:                     "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
                   5855:                     bl->regno, INSN_UID (p));
                   5856:          break;
                   5857:        }
                   5858:     }
                   5859: 
                   5860:   if (p == end)
                   5861:     {
                   5862:       if (loop_dump_stream)
                   5863:        fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
                   5864:                 bl->regno, eliminate_p ? "was" : "can be");
                   5865:       return 1;
                   5866:     }
                   5867: 
                   5868:   return 0;
                   5869: }
                   5870: 
                   5871: /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
                   5872:    eliminate its use.  If so, return 1.  If not, return 0.
                   5873: 
                   5874:    If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
                   5875: 
                   5876:    If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.  WHERE indicates
                   5877:    where extra insns should be added.  Depending on how many items have been
                   5878:    moved out of the loop, it will either be before INSN or at the start of
                   5879:    the loop.  */
                   5880: 
                   5881: static int
                   5882: maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (x, insn, bl, eliminate_p, where)
                   5883:      rtx x, insn;
                   5884:      struct iv_class *bl;
                   5885:      int eliminate_p;
                   5886:      rtx where;
                   5887: {
                   5888:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   5889:   rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
                   5890:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
                   5891:   struct induction *v;
                   5892:   rtx arg, new, tem;
                   5893:   int arg_operand;
                   5894:   char *fmt;
                   5895:   int i, j;
                   5896: 
                   5897:   switch (code)
                   5898:     {
                   5899:     case REG:
                   5900:       /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
                   5901:         we can't eliminate it.  */
                   5902:       if (x == reg)
                   5903:        return 0;
                   5904:       return 1;
                   5905: 
                   5906:     case SET:
                   5907:       /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem.  */
                   5908:       if (SET_DEST (x) == reg)
                   5909:        return 1;
                   5910: 
                   5911:       /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
                   5912:         it will go away when the giv is reduced.  */
                   5913:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5914:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG && SET_DEST (x) == v->dest_reg)
                   5915:          return 1;
                   5916: 
                   5917: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   5918:       if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx && SET_SRC (x) == reg)
                   5919:        {
                   5920:          /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
                   5921:             that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
                   5922:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5923: 
                   5924:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5925:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5926:                && v->add_val == const0_rtx
                   5927:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5928:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5929:              {
                   5930:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5931:                  return 1;
                   5932: 
                   5933:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5934:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5935:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5936:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, GET_MODE (v->new_reg),
                   5937:                                 const0_rtx, v->new_reg);
                   5938:                else
                   5939:                  new = v->new_reg;
                   5940: 
                   5941:                /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg.  */
                   5942:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), new, 0))
                   5943:                  return 1;
                   5944:              }
                   5945: 
                   5946:          /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
                   5947:             replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
                   5948:             Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.  */
                   5949: 
                   5950:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   5951:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
                   5952:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   5953:                && v->mode == mode)
                   5954:              {
                   5955:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   5956:                  return 1;
                   5957: 
                   5958:                /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
                   5959:                   then reverse the comparison.  */
                   5960:                if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
                   5961:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, copy_rtx (v->add_val),
                   5962:                                 v->new_reg);
                   5963:                else
                   5964:                  new = gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode, v->new_reg,
                   5965:                                 copy_rtx (v->add_val));
                   5966: 
                   5967:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register.  */
                   5968:                update_reg_last_use (v->add_val, insn);
                   5969:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
                   5970:                  return 1;
                   5971: 
                   5972:                /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant.  Copy it
                   5973:                   into a register (it will be a loop invariant.)  */
                   5974:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v->new_reg));
                   5975: 
                   5976:                emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (tem, copy_rtx (v->add_val)),
                   5977:                                  where);
                   5978: 
                   5979:                if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)),
                   5980:                                     gen_rtx (COMPARE, VOIDmode,
                   5981:                                              v->new_reg, tem), 0))
                   5982:                  return 1;
                   5983:              }
                   5984:        }
                   5985: #endif
                   5986:       break;
                   5987: 
                   5988:     case COMPARE:
                   5989:     case EQ:  case NE:
                   5990:     case GT:  case GE:  case GTU:  case GEU:
                   5991:     case LT:  case LE:  case LTU:  case LEU:
                   5992:       /* See if either argument is the biv.  */
                   5993:       if (XEXP (x, 0) == reg)
                   5994:        arg = XEXP (x, 1), arg_operand = 1;
                   5995:       else if (XEXP (x, 1) == reg)
                   5996:        arg = XEXP (x, 0), arg_operand = 0;
                   5997:       else
                   5998:        break;
                   5999: 
                   6000:       if (CONSTANT_P (arg))
                   6001:        {
                   6002:          /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
                   6003:             mult_val and constant add_val.  We might be able to support
                   6004:             negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general.  */
                   6005: 
                   6006:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6007:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   6008:                && CONSTANT_P (v->add_val)
                   6009:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   6010:                && v->mode == mode)
                   6011:              {
                   6012:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   6013:                  return 1;
                   6014: 
                   6015:                /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg.  */
                   6016:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   6017: 
                   6018:                /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
                   6019:                   the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
                   6020:                   do so.  */
                   6021:                if (GET_CODE (arg) == CONST_INT
                   6022:                    && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
                   6023:                    && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST_INT
                   6024:                    && validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand),
1.1.1.4   root     6025:                                        GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg)
                   6026:                                                 * INTVAL (v->mult_val)
                   6027:                                                 + INTVAL (v->add_val)), 0))
1.1       root     6028:                  return 1;
                   6029: 
                   6030:                /* Otherwise, load it into a register.  */
                   6031:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   6032:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   6033:                if (validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 0))
                   6034:                  return 1;
                   6035: 
                   6036:                /* If that failed, put back the change we made above.  */
                   6037:                XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = reg;
                   6038:              }
                   6039:          
                   6040:          /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
                   6041:             Insert insns to calculate new compare value.  */
                   6042: 
                   6043:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
1.1.1.2   root     6044:            if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
1.1       root     6045:                && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   6046:                && v->mode == mode)
                   6047:              {
                   6048:                rtx tem;
                   6049: 
                   6050:                if (! eliminate_p)
                   6051:                  return 1;
                   6052: 
                   6053:                tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   6054: 
                   6055:                /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   6056:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   6057:                                 v->new_reg, 1);
                   6058: 
                   6059:                /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   6060:                emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val, tem, where);
                   6061:                /* Use it in this insn.  */
                   6062:                validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   6063:                if (apply_change_group ())
                   6064:                  return 1;
                   6065:              }
                   6066:        }
                   6067:       else if (GET_CODE (arg) == REG || GET_CODE (arg) == MEM)
                   6068:        {
                   6069:          if (invariant_p (arg) == 1)
                   6070:            {
                   6071:              /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
                   6072:                 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.  */
                   6073: 
                   6074:              for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6075:                if (CONSTANT_P (v->mult_val) && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
                   6076:                    && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead
                   6077:                    && v->mode == mode)
                   6078:                  {
                   6079:                    rtx tem;
                   6080: 
                   6081:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   6082:                      return 1;
                   6083: 
                   6084:                    tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
                   6085: 
                   6086:                    /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register.  */
                   6087:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
                   6088:                                     v->new_reg, 1);
                   6089: 
                   6090:                    /* Compute value to compare against.  */
                   6091:                    emit_iv_add_mult (arg, v->mult_val, v->add_val,
                   6092:                                      tem, where);
                   6093:                    validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
                   6094:                    if (apply_change_group ())
                   6095:                      return 1;
                   6096:                  }
                   6097:            }
                   6098: 
                   6099:          /* This code has problems.  Basically, you can't know when
                   6100:             seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
                   6101:             of ARG will be reduced.  If it isn't going to be reduced,
                   6102:             we can't eliminate BL.  We can try forcing it to be reduced,
                   6103:             but that can generate poor code.
                   6104: 
                   6105:             The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
                   6106:             be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
                   6107:             we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
                   6108:             we try to process biv.  It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
                   6109:             this sort of thing now.  */
                   6110: 
                   6111: #if 0
                   6112:          /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv.  */
                   6113:          if (GET_CODE (arg) != REG
                   6114:              || reg_iv_type[REGNO (arg)] != BASIC_INDUCT)
                   6115:            return 0;
                   6116: 
                   6117:          /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
                   6118:             with identical coefficients.  */
                   6119:          for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6120:            {
                   6121:              struct induction *tv;
                   6122: 
                   6123:              if (v->ignore || v->maybe_dead || v->mode != mode)
                   6124:                continue;
                   6125: 
                   6126:              for (tv = reg_biv_class[REGNO (arg)]->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
                   6127:                if (! tv->ignore && ! tv->maybe_dead
                   6128:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->mult_val, v->mult_val)
                   6129:                    && rtx_equal_p (tv->add_val, v->add_val)
                   6130:                    && tv->mode == mode)
                   6131:                  {
                   6132:                    if (! eliminate_p)
                   6133:                      return 1;
                   6134: 
                   6135:                    /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg.  */
                   6136:                    XEXP (x, 1-arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
                   6137:                    /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
                   6138:                       reduced reg.  */
                   6139:                    XEXP (x, arg_operand) = tv->new_reg;
                   6140:                    return 1;
                   6141:                  }
                   6142:            }
                   6143: #endif
                   6144:        }
                   6145: 
                   6146:       /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated.  */
                   6147:       return 0;
                   6148: 
                   6149:     case MEM:
                   6150:       /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
                   6151:         biv is used in it, since it will be replaced.  */
                   6152:       for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
                   6153:        if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && v->location == &XEXP (x, 0))
                   6154:          return 1;
                   6155:       break;
                   6156:     }
                   6157: 
                   6158:   /* See if any subexpression fails elimination.  */
                   6159:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   6160:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   6161:     {
                   6162:       switch (fmt[i])
                   6163:        {
                   6164:        case 'e':
                   6165:          if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XEXP (x, i), insn, bl, 
                   6166:                                       eliminate_p, where))
                   6167:            return 0;
                   6168:          break;
                   6169: 
                   6170:        case 'E':
                   6171:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   6172:            if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, bl,
                   6173:                                         eliminate_p, where))
                   6174:              return 0;
                   6175:          break;
                   6176:        }
                   6177:     }
                   6178: 
                   6179:   return 1;
                   6180: }  
                   6181: 
                   6182: /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
                   6183:    is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block.  */
                   6184: 
                   6185: static int
                   6186: last_use_this_basic_block (reg, insn)
                   6187:      rtx reg;
                   6188:      rtx insn;
                   6189: {
                   6190:   rtx n;
                   6191:   for (n = insn;
                   6192:        n && GET_CODE (n) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (n) != JUMP_INSN;
                   6193:        n = NEXT_INSN (n))
                   6194:     {
                   6195:       if (regno_last_uid[REGNO (reg)] == INSN_UID (n))
                   6196:        return 1;
                   6197:     }
                   6198:   return 0;
                   6199: }
                   6200: 
                   6201: /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv.  Here we
                   6202:    just record the location of the set and process it later.  */
                   6203: 
                   6204: static void
                   6205: record_initial (dest, set)
                   6206:      rtx dest;
                   6207:      rtx set;
                   6208: {
                   6209:   struct iv_class *bl;
                   6210: 
                   6211:   if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
                   6212:       || REGNO (dest) >= max_reg_before_loop
1.1.1.5 ! root     6213:       || reg_iv_type[REGNO (dest)] != BASIC_INDUCT
        !          6214:       /* Reject this insn if the source isn't valid for the mode of DEST.  */
        !          6215:       || GET_MODE (dest) != GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)))
1.1       root     6216:     return;
                   6217: 
                   6218:   bl = reg_biv_class[REGNO (dest)];
                   6219: 
                   6220:   /* If this is the first set found, record it.  */
                   6221:   if (bl->init_insn == 0)
                   6222:     {
                   6223:       bl->init_insn = note_insn;
                   6224:       bl->init_set = set;
                   6225:     }
                   6226: }
                   6227: 
                   6228: /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
                   6229:    than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN.  Their actual last use
                   6230:    will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
                   6231:    use it.  */
                   6232: 
                   6233: static void
                   6234: update_reg_last_use (x, insn)
                   6235:      rtx x;
                   6236:      rtx insn;
                   6237: {
                   6238:   /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid.  In this case,
                   6239:      there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
                   6240:      when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
                   6241:      and hence this insn will never be the last use of x.  */
                   6242:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < max_reg_before_loop
                   6243:       && INSN_UID (insn) < max_uid_for_loop
                   6244:       && uid_luid[regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)]] < uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)])
                   6245:     regno_last_uid[REGNO (x)] = INSN_UID (insn);
                   6246:   else
                   6247:     {
                   6248:       register int i, j;
                   6249:       register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
                   6250:       for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   6251:        {
                   6252:          if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   6253:            update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x, i), insn);
                   6254:          else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   6255:            for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   6256:              update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
                   6257:        }
                   6258:     }
                   6259: }
                   6260: 
                   6261: /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
                   6262:    to its JUMP_LABEL.  If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
                   6263:    inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
                   6264:    be returned.
                   6265: 
                   6266:    If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
                   6267:    insn used in locating the condition was found.  If a replacement test
                   6268:    of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
                   6269:    insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
                   6270: 
                   6271:    The condition will be returned in a canonical form to simplify testing by
                   6272:    callers.  Specifically:
                   6273: 
                   6274:    (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
                   6275:    (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
                   6276:    (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
                   6277:    (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
                   6278:        for GE, GEU, and LEU.  */
                   6279: 
                   6280: rtx
                   6281: get_condition (jump, earliest)
                   6282:      rtx jump;
                   6283:      rtx *earliest;
                   6284: {
                   6285:   enum rtx_code code;
                   6286:   rtx prev = jump;
                   6287:   rtx set;
                   6288:   rtx tem;
                   6289:   rtx op0, op1;
                   6290:   int reverse_code = 0;
                   6291:   int did_reverse_condition = 0;
                   6292: 
                   6293:   /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it.  */
                   6294:   if (GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN
                   6295:       || ! condjump_p (jump) || simplejump_p (jump))
                   6296:     return 0;
                   6297: 
                   6298:   code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0));
                   6299:   op0 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 0);
                   6300:   op1 = XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 0), 1);
                   6301: 
                   6302:   if (earliest)
                   6303:     *earliest = jump;
                   6304: 
                   6305:   /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
                   6306:      the condition.  */
1.1.1.4   root     6307:   if (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2)) == LABEL_REF
                   6308:       && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (jump)), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump))
1.1       root     6309:     code = reverse_condition (code), did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6310: 
                   6311:   /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
                   6312:      in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation.  Perform
                   6313:      the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
                   6314:      in cse.c  */
                   6315: 
                   6316:   while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<' && op1 == const0_rtx)
                   6317:     {
                   6318:       /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest.  */
                   6319:       rtx x = 0;
                   6320: 
                   6321: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6322:       /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
                   6323:         insn.  */
                   6324:       if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6325:        {
                   6326:          if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6327:              || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6328:              || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0
                   6329:              || SET_DEST (set) != cc0_rtx)
                   6330:            return 0;
                   6331: 
                   6332:          op0 = SET_SRC (set);
                   6333:          op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0));
                   6334:          if (earliest)
                   6335:            *earliest = prev;
                   6336:        }
                   6337: #endif
                   6338: 
                   6339:       /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared.  */
                   6340:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
                   6341:        {
                   6342:          op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
                   6343:          op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
                   6344:          continue;
                   6345:        }
                   6346:       else if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
                   6347:        break;
                   6348: 
                   6349:       /* Go back to the previous insn.  Stop if it is not an INSN.  We also
                   6350:         stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
                   6351:         we don't want to bother dealing with it.  */
                   6352: 
                   6353:       if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
                   6354:          || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
                   6355:          || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, 0)
                   6356:          || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0)
                   6357:        break;
                   6358: 
                   6359:       /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
                   6360:         relevant.  */
                   6361:       if (SET_DEST (set) == op0)
                   6362:        {
                   6363:          enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set));
                   6364: 
                   6365:          if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
1.1.1.4   root     6366:               || (((code == NE
                   6367:                     || (code == LT
                   6368:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
                   6369:                         && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
                   6370:                             <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
                   6371:                         && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6372:                             & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
                   6373:                                << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
                   6374: #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6375:                     || (code == LT
                   6376:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
                   6377:                         && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
                   6378: #endif
                   6379:                     ))
1.1       root     6380:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')))
                   6381:            x = SET_SRC (set);
1.1.1.4   root     6382:          else if (((code == EQ
                   6383:                     || (code == GE
                   6384:                         && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
                   6385:                             <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
                   6386:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
                   6387:                         && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6388:                             & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
                   6389:                                << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
                   6390: #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
                   6391:                     || (code == GE
                   6392:                         && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
                   6393:                         && FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE < 0)
                   6394: #endif
                   6395:                     ))
1.1       root     6396:                   && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<')
                   6397:            {
                   6398:              /* We might have reversed a LT to get a GE here.  But this wasn't
                   6399:                 actually the comparison of data, so we don't flag that we
                   6400:                 have had to reverse the condition.  */
                   6401:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6402:              reverse_code = 1;
                   6403:              x = SET_SRC (set);
                   6404:            }
                   6405:        }
                   6406: 
                   6407:       else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
                   6408:        /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up.  */
                   6409:        break;
                   6410: 
                   6411:       if (x)
                   6412:        {
                   6413:          if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
                   6414:            code = GET_CODE (x);
                   6415:          if (reverse_code)
                   6416:            {
                   6417:              code = reverse_condition (code);
                   6418:              did_reverse_condition ^= 1;
                   6419:              reverse_code = 0;
                   6420:            }
                   6421: 
                   6422:          op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
                   6423:          if (earliest)
                   6424:            *earliest = prev;
                   6425:        }
                   6426:     }
                   6427: 
                   6428:   /* If constant is first, put it last.  */
                   6429:   if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
                   6430:     code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
                   6431: 
                   6432:   /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
                   6433:      was really being compared, so fail.  */
                   6434:   if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
                   6435:     return 0;
                   6436: 
1.1.1.4   root     6437:   /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
                   6438:      if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
                   6439:      overflow.  */
                   6440: 
                   6441:   if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
                   6442:       && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
                   6443:       && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
                   6444:     {
                   6445:       HOST_WIDE_INT const_val = INTVAL (op1);
                   6446:       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val = const_val;
                   6447:       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
                   6448:        = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0));
1.1       root     6449: 
                   6450:       switch (code)
1.1.1.4   root     6451:        {
                   6452:        case LE:
                   6453:          if (const_val != max_val >> 1)
                   6454:            code = LT,  op1 = GEN_INT (const_val + 1);
                   6455:          break;
1.1       root     6456: 
1.1.1.4   root     6457:        case GE:
                   6458:          if (const_val
                   6459:              != (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
                   6460:                   << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) - 1))))
                   6461:            code = GT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val - 1);
                   6462:          break;
1.1       root     6463: 
1.1.1.4   root     6464:        case LEU:
                   6465:          if (uconst_val != max_val)
                   6466:            code = LTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val + 1);
                   6467:          break;
1.1       root     6468: 
1.1.1.4   root     6469:        case GEU:
                   6470:          if (uconst_val != 0)
                   6471:            code = GTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val - 1);
                   6472:          break;
                   6473:        }
1.1       root     6474:     }
                   6475: 
                   6476:   /* If this was floating-point and we reversed anything other than an
                   6477:      EQ or NE, return zero.  */
                   6478:   if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT == IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
                   6479:       && did_reverse_condition && code != NE && code != EQ
                   6480:       && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_FLOAT)
                   6481:     return 0;
                   6482: 
                   6483: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   6484:   /* Never return CC0; return zero instead.  */
                   6485:   if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
                   6486:     return 0;
                   6487: #endif
                   6488: 
                   6489:   return gen_rtx (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
                   6490: }
                   6491: 
                   6492: /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
                   6493:    unless both operands are invariants.  */
                   6494: 
                   6495: rtx
                   6496: get_condition_for_loop (x)
                   6497:      rtx x;
                   6498: {
1.1.1.4   root     6499:   rtx comparison = get_condition (x, NULL_PTR);
1.1       root     6500: 
                   6501:   if (comparison == 0
                   6502:       || ! invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 0))
                   6503:       || invariant_p (XEXP (comparison, 1)))
                   6504:     return comparison;
                   6505: 
                   6506:   return gen_rtx (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison)), VOIDmode,
                   6507:                  XEXP (comparison, 1), XEXP (comparison, 0));
                   6508: }

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.